Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in gdb
mdebugread.c revision 1.10
      1   1.1  christos /* Read a symbol table in ECOFF format (Third-Eye).
      2   1.1  christos 
      3  1.10  christos    Copyright (C) 1986-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      4   1.1  christos 
      5   1.1  christos    Original version contributed by Alessandro Forin (af (at) cs.cmu.edu) at
      6   1.1  christos    CMU.  Major work by Per Bothner, John Gilmore and Ian Lance Taylor
      7   1.1  christos    at Cygnus Support.
      8   1.1  christos 
      9   1.1  christos    This file is part of GDB.
     10   1.1  christos 
     11   1.1  christos    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
     12   1.1  christos    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
     13   1.1  christos    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
     14   1.1  christos    (at your option) any later version.
     15   1.1  christos 
     16   1.1  christos    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     17   1.1  christos    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     18   1.1  christos    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     19   1.1  christos    GNU General Public License for more details.
     20   1.1  christos 
     21   1.1  christos    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     22   1.1  christos    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
     23   1.1  christos 
     24   1.1  christos /* This module provides the function mdebug_build_psymtabs.  It reads
     25   1.1  christos    ECOFF debugging information into partial symbol tables.  The
     26   1.1  christos    debugging information is read from two structures.  A struct
     27   1.1  christos    ecoff_debug_swap includes the sizes of each ECOFF structure and
     28   1.1  christos    swapping routines; these are fixed for a particular target.  A
     29   1.1  christos    struct ecoff_debug_info points to the debugging information for a
     30   1.1  christos    particular object file.
     31   1.1  christos 
     32   1.1  christos    ECOFF symbol tables are mostly written in the byte order of the
     33   1.1  christos    target machine.  However, one section of the table (the auxiliary
     34   1.1  christos    symbol information) is written in the host byte order.  There is a
     35   1.1  christos    bit in the other symbol info which describes which host byte order
     36   1.1  christos    was used.  ECOFF thereby takes the trophy from Intel `b.out' for
     37   1.1  christos    the most brain-dead adaptation of a file format to byte order.
     38   1.1  christos 
     39   1.1  christos    This module can read all four of the known byte-order combinations,
     40   1.1  christos    on any type of host.  */
     41   1.1  christos 
     42   1.1  christos #include "defs.h"
     43   1.1  christos #include "symtab.h"
     44   1.1  christos #include "gdbtypes.h"
     45   1.1  christos #include "gdbcore.h"
     46   1.1  christos #include "filenames.h"
     47   1.1  christos #include "objfiles.h"
     48  1.10  christos #include "gdbsupport/gdb_obstack.h"
     49   1.8  christos #include "buildsym-legacy.h"
     50   1.1  christos #include "stabsread.h"
     51   1.1  christos #include "complaints.h"
     52   1.1  christos #include "demangle.h"
     53   1.1  christos #include "gdb-demangle.h"
     54   1.1  christos #include "block.h"
     55   1.1  christos #include "dictionary.h"
     56   1.1  christos #include "mdebugread.h"
     57   1.1  christos #include <sys/stat.h>
     58   1.1  christos #include "psympriv.h"
     59   1.1  christos #include "source.h"
     60   1.1  christos 
     61   1.1  christos #include "bfd.h"
     62   1.1  christos 
     63   1.1  christos #include "coff/ecoff.h"		/* COFF-like aspects of ecoff files.  */
     64   1.1  christos 
     65   1.1  christos #include "libaout.h"		/* Private BFD a.out information.  */
     66   1.1  christos #include "aout/aout64.h"
     67   1.1  christos #include "aout/stab_gnu.h"	/* STABS information.  */
     68   1.1  christos 
     69   1.1  christos #include "expression.h"
     70   1.1  christos 
     71   1.9  christos #include <algorithm>
     72   1.9  christos 
     73   1.1  christos /* Provide a way to test if we have both ECOFF and ELF symbol tables.
     74   1.1  christos    We use this define in order to know whether we should override a
     75   1.1  christos    symbol's ECOFF section with its ELF section.  This is necessary in
     76   1.1  christos    case the symbol's ELF section could not be represented in ECOFF.  */
     77   1.1  christos #define ECOFF_IN_ELF(bfd) (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
     78   1.1  christos 			   && bfd_get_section_by_name (bfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
     79   1.1  christos 
     80   1.1  christos /* The objfile we are currently reading.  */
     81   1.1  christos 
     82   1.1  christos static struct objfile *mdebugread_objfile;
     83   1.1  christos 
     84   1.1  christos 
     85   1.1  christos 
     87   1.1  christos /* We put a pointer to this structure in the read_symtab_private field
     88   1.1  christos    of the psymtab.  */
     89  1.10  christos 
     90   1.1  christos struct md_symloc
     91   1.1  christos   {
     92   1.1  christos     /* Index of the FDR that this psymtab represents.  */
     93   1.1  christos     int fdr_idx;
     94   1.1  christos     /* The BFD that the psymtab was created from.  */
     95   1.1  christos     bfd *cur_bfd;
     96   1.1  christos     const struct ecoff_debug_swap *debug_swap;
     97   1.1  christos     struct ecoff_debug_info *debug_info;
     98   1.1  christos     struct mdebug_pending **pending_list;
     99   1.1  christos     /* Pointer to external symbols for this file.  */
    100   1.1  christos     EXTR *extern_tab;
    101   1.1  christos     /* Size of extern_tab.  */
    102   1.1  christos     int extern_count;
    103   1.1  christos     enum language pst_language;
    104   1.1  christos   };
    105  1.10  christos 
    106   1.1  christos #define PST_PRIVATE(p) ((struct md_symloc *)(p)->read_symtab_private)
    107   1.1  christos #define FDR_IDX(p) (PST_PRIVATE(p)->fdr_idx)
    108   1.1  christos #define CUR_BFD(p) (PST_PRIVATE(p)->cur_bfd)
    109   1.1  christos #define DEBUG_SWAP(p) (PST_PRIVATE(p)->debug_swap)
    110   1.1  christos #define DEBUG_INFO(p) (PST_PRIVATE(p)->debug_info)
    111   1.1  christos #define PENDING_LIST(p) (PST_PRIVATE(p)->pending_list)
    112   1.1  christos 
    113   1.1  christos #define SC_IS_TEXT(sc) ((sc) == scText \
    114  1.10  christos 		   || (sc) == scRConst \
    115  1.10  christos 	  	   || (sc) == scInit \
    116   1.1  christos 	  	   || (sc) == scFini)
    117   1.1  christos #define SC_IS_DATA(sc) ((sc) == scData \
    118   1.1  christos 		   || (sc) == scSData \
    119   1.1  christos 		   || (sc) == scRData \
    120   1.1  christos 		   || (sc) == scPData \
    121   1.1  christos 		   || (sc) == scXData)
    122   1.1  christos #define SC_IS_COMMON(sc) ((sc) == scCommon || (sc) == scSCommon)
    123   1.1  christos #define SC_IS_BSS(sc) ((sc) == scBss)
    124   1.1  christos #define SC_IS_SBSS(sc) ((sc) == scSBss)
    125   1.1  christos #define SC_IS_UNDEF(sc) ((sc) == scUndefined || (sc) == scSUndefined)
    126   1.1  christos 
    127   1.1  christos /* Various complaints about symbol reading that don't abort the process.  */
    129   1.1  christos static void
    130   1.8  christos index_complaint (const char *arg1)
    131   1.1  christos {
    132   1.1  christos   complaint (_("bad aux index at symbol %s"), arg1);
    133   1.1  christos }
    134   1.1  christos 
    135   1.1  christos static void
    136   1.8  christos unknown_ext_complaint (const char *arg1)
    137   1.1  christos {
    138   1.1  christos   complaint (_("unknown external symbol %s"), arg1);
    139   1.1  christos }
    140   1.1  christos 
    141   1.1  christos static void
    142   1.8  christos basic_type_complaint (int arg1, const char *arg2)
    143   1.1  christos {
    144   1.1  christos   complaint (_("cannot map ECOFF basic type 0x%x for %s"),
    145   1.1  christos 	     arg1, arg2);
    146   1.1  christos }
    147   1.1  christos 
    148   1.1  christos static void
    149   1.8  christos bad_tag_guess_complaint (const char *arg1)
    150   1.1  christos {
    151   1.1  christos   complaint (_("guessed tag type of %s incorrectly"), arg1);
    152   1.1  christos }
    153   1.1  christos 
    154   1.1  christos static void
    155   1.8  christos bad_rfd_entry_complaint (const char *arg1, int arg2, int arg3)
    156   1.1  christos {
    157   1.1  christos   complaint (_("bad rfd entry for %s: file %d, index %d"),
    158   1.1  christos 	     arg1, arg2, arg3);
    159   1.1  christos }
    160   1.1  christos 
    161   1.1  christos static void
    162   1.8  christos unexpected_type_code_complaint (const char *arg1)
    163   1.1  christos {
    164   1.1  christos   complaint (_("unexpected type code for %s"), arg1);
    165   1.1  christos }
    166   1.1  christos 
    167   1.1  christos /* Macros and extra defs.  */
    168   1.1  christos 
    169   1.1  christos /* Puns: hard to find whether -g was used and how.  */
    170   1.1  christos 
    171   1.1  christos #define MIN_GLEVEL GLEVEL_0
    172   1.1  christos #define compare_glevel(a,b)					\
    173   1.1  christos 	(((a) == GLEVEL_3) ? ((b) < GLEVEL_3) :			\
    174   1.1  christos 	 ((b) == GLEVEL_3) ? -1 : (int)((b) - (a)))
    175   1.1  christos 
    176   1.1  christos /* Things that really are local to this module.  */
    178   1.1  christos 
    179   1.1  christos /* Remember what we deduced to be the source language of this psymtab.  */
    180   1.1  christos 
    181   1.1  christos static enum language psymtab_language = language_unknown;
    182   1.1  christos 
    183   1.1  christos /* Current BFD.  */
    184   1.1  christos 
    185   1.1  christos static bfd *cur_bfd;
    186   1.1  christos 
    187   1.1  christos /* How to parse debugging information for CUR_BFD.  */
    188   1.1  christos 
    189   1.1  christos static const struct ecoff_debug_swap *debug_swap;
    190   1.1  christos 
    191   1.1  christos /* Pointers to debugging information for CUR_BFD.  */
    192   1.9  christos 
    193   1.1  christos static struct ecoff_debug_info *debug_info;
    194   1.1  christos 
    195   1.1  christos /* Pointer to current file descriptor record, and its index.  */
    196   1.1  christos 
    197   1.1  christos static FDR *cur_fdr;
    198   1.1  christos static int cur_fd;
    199   1.1  christos 
    200   1.1  christos /* Index of current symbol.  */
    201   1.1  christos 
    202   1.1  christos static int cur_sdx;
    203   1.1  christos 
    204   1.1  christos /* Note how much "debuggable" this image is.  We would like
    205   1.1  christos    to see at least one FDR with full symbols.  */
    206   1.1  christos 
    207   1.1  christos static int max_gdbinfo;
    208   1.1  christos static int max_glevel;
    209   1.1  christos 
    210   1.1  christos /* When examining .o files, report on undefined symbols.  */
    211   1.1  christos 
    212   1.1  christos static int n_undef_symbols, n_undef_labels, n_undef_vars, n_undef_procs;
    213   1.1  christos 
    214   1.1  christos /* Pseudo symbol to use when putting stabs into the symbol table.  */
    215   1.1  christos 
    216   1.1  christos static char stabs_symbol[] = STABS_SYMBOL;
    217   1.1  christos 
    218   1.1  christos /* Nonzero if we have seen ecoff debugging info for a file.  */
    219   1.1  christos 
    220   1.1  christos static int found_ecoff_debugging_info;
    221   1.1  christos 
    222   1.7  christos /* Forward declarations.  */
    223   1.1  christos 
    224   1.7  christos static int upgrade_type (int, struct type **, int, union aux_ext *,
    225  1.10  christos 			 int, const char *);
    226   1.7  christos 
    227   1.1  christos static void parse_partial_symbols (minimal_symbol_reader &,
    228   1.1  christos 				   psymtab_storage *,
    229   1.1  christos 				   struct objfile *);
    230   1.1  christos 
    231   1.7  christos static int has_opaque_xref (FDR *, SYMR *);
    232   1.1  christos 
    233   1.7  christos static int cross_ref (int, union aux_ext *, struct type **, enum type_code,
    234   1.1  christos 		      const char **, int, const char *);
    235   1.1  christos 
    236   1.1  christos static struct symbol *new_symbol (const char *);
    237   1.1  christos 
    238   1.1  christos static struct type *new_type (char *);
    239   1.8  christos 
    240   1.1  christos enum block_type { FUNCTION_BLOCK, NON_FUNCTION_BLOCK };
    241   1.3  christos 
    242   1.1  christos static struct block *new_block (enum block_type, enum language);
    243   1.1  christos 
    244   1.1  christos static struct compunit_symtab *new_symtab (const char *, int, struct objfile *);
    245   1.1  christos 
    246   1.1  christos static struct linetable *new_linetable (int);
    247   1.1  christos 
    248   1.7  christos static struct blockvector *new_bvect (int);
    249   1.1  christos 
    250   1.7  christos static struct type *parse_type (int, union aux_ext *, unsigned int, int *,
    251   1.3  christos 				int, const char *);
    252   1.1  christos 
    253   1.1  christos static struct symbol *mylookup_symbol (const char *, const struct block *,
    254   1.1  christos 				       domain_enum, enum address_class);
    255  1.10  christos 
    256  1.10  christos static void sort_blocks (struct symtab *);
    257   1.1  christos 
    258   1.9  christos static legacy_psymtab *new_psymtab (const char *, psymtab_storage *,
    259   1.9  christos 				    struct objfile *);
    260   1.1  christos 
    261   1.1  christos static void mdebug_expand_psymtab (legacy_psymtab *pst,
    262   1.1  christos 				  struct objfile *objfile);
    263   1.1  christos 
    264   1.1  christos static void add_block (struct block *, struct symtab *);
    265   1.1  christos 
    266   1.1  christos static void add_symbol (struct symbol *, struct symtab *, struct block *);
    267   1.1  christos 
    268   1.1  christos static int add_line (struct linetable *, int, CORE_ADDR, int);
    269  1.10  christos 
    270  1.10  christos static struct linetable *shrink_linetable (struct linetable *);
    271  1.10  christos 
    272   1.1  christos static void handle_psymbol_enumerators (struct objfile *, psymtab_storage *,
    273   1.7  christos 					partial_symtab *,
    274   1.1  christos 					FDR *, int, CORE_ADDR);
    275   1.1  christos 
    276   1.1  christos static const char *mdebug_next_symbol_text (struct objfile *);
    277   1.1  christos 
    278   1.1  christos /* Exported procedure: Builds a symtab from the partial symtab SELF.
    280   1.1  christos    Restores the environment in effect when SELF was created, delegates
    281   1.9  christos    most of the work to an ancillary procedure, and sorts
    282   1.1  christos    and reorders the symtab list at the end.  SELF is not NULL.  */
    283   1.1  christos 
    284   1.1  christos static void
    285   1.9  christos mdebug_read_symtab (legacy_psymtab *self, struct objfile *objfile)
    286   1.1  christos {
    287   1.1  christos   next_symbol_text_func = mdebug_next_symbol_text;
    288   1.1  christos 
    289   1.1  christos   self->expand_psymtab (objfile);
    290   1.1  christos 
    291   1.1  christos   /* Match with global symbols.  This only needs to be done once,
    292   1.1  christos      after all of the symtabs and dependencies have been read in.  */
    293   1.1  christos   scan_file_globals (objfile);
    294   1.1  christos }
    295   1.1  christos 
    296   1.1  christos /* File-level interface functions.  */
    298   1.1  christos 
    299   1.1  christos /* Find a file descriptor given its index RF relative to a file CF.  */
    300   1.1  christos 
    301   1.1  christos static FDR *
    302   1.1  christos get_rfd (int cf, int rf)
    303   1.1  christos {
    304   1.1  christos   FDR *fdrs;
    305   1.1  christos   FDR *f;
    306   1.1  christos   RFDT rfd;
    307   1.1  christos 
    308   1.1  christos   fdrs = debug_info->fdr;
    309   1.1  christos   f = fdrs + cf;
    310   1.1  christos   /* Object files do not have the RFD table, all refs are absolute.  */
    311   1.1  christos   if (f->rfdBase == 0)
    312   1.1  christos     return fdrs + rf;
    313   1.1  christos   (*debug_swap->swap_rfd_in) (cur_bfd,
    314   1.1  christos 			      ((char *) debug_info->external_rfd
    315   1.1  christos 			       + ((f->rfdBase + rf)
    316   1.1  christos 				  * debug_swap->external_rfd_size)),
    317   1.1  christos 			      &rfd);
    318   1.7  christos   return fdrs + rfd;
    319   1.1  christos }
    320   1.1  christos 
    321   1.1  christos /* Return a safer print NAME for a file descriptor.  */
    322   1.1  christos 
    323   1.1  christos static const char *
    324   1.1  christos fdr_name (FDR *f)
    325   1.1  christos {
    326   1.1  christos   if (f->rss == -1)
    327   1.1  christos     return "<stripped file>";
    328   1.1  christos   if (f->rss == 0)
    329   1.1  christos     return "<NFY>";
    330   1.1  christos   return debug_info->ss + f->issBase + f->rss;
    331   1.1  christos }
    332   1.1  christos 
    333   1.7  christos 
    334   1.7  christos /* Read in and parse the symtab of the file OBJFILE.  Symbols from
    335   1.1  christos    different sections are relocated via the SECTION_OFFSETS.  */
    336   1.1  christos 
    337   1.1  christos void
    338  1.10  christos mdebug_build_psymtabs (minimal_symbol_reader &reader,
    339   1.1  christos 		       struct objfile *objfile,
    340   1.1  christos 		       const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap,
    341   1.1  christos 		       struct ecoff_debug_info *info)
    342   1.1  christos {
    343   1.1  christos   cur_bfd = objfile->obfd.get ();
    344   1.1  christos   debug_swap = swap;
    345  1.10  christos   debug_info = info;
    346   1.1  christos 
    347   1.9  christos   stabsread_new_init ();
    348   1.1  christos   free_header_files ();
    349   1.1  christos   init_header_files ();
    350   1.1  christos 
    351   1.1  christos   /* Make sure all the FDR information is swapped in.  */
    352   1.1  christos   if (info->fdr == NULL)
    353   1.8  christos     {
    354   1.8  christos       char *fdr_src;
    355   1.6  christos       char *fdr_end;
    356   1.1  christos       FDR *fdr_ptr;
    357   1.1  christos 
    358   1.1  christos       info->fdr = (FDR *) XOBNEWVEC (&objfile->objfile_obstack, FDR,
    359   1.1  christos 				     info->symbolic_header.ifdMax);
    360  1.10  christos       fdr_src = (char *) info->external_fdr;
    361   1.1  christos       fdr_end = (fdr_src
    362   1.1  christos 		 + info->symbolic_header.ifdMax * swap->external_fdr_size);
    363  1.10  christos       fdr_ptr = info->fdr;
    364  1.10  christos       for (; fdr_src < fdr_end; fdr_src += swap->external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
    365  1.10  christos 	(*swap->swap_fdr_in) (objfile->obfd.get (), fdr_src, fdr_ptr);
    366  1.10  christos     }
    367   1.1  christos 
    368   1.1  christos   psymbol_functions *psf = new psymbol_functions ();
    369   1.1  christos   psymtab_storage *partial_symtabs = psf->get_partial_symtabs ().get ();
    370   1.1  christos   objfile->qf.emplace_front (psf);
    371   1.1  christos   parse_partial_symbols (reader, partial_symtabs, objfile);
    372   1.1  christos 
    373   1.1  christos #if 0
    374  1.10  christos   /* Check to make sure file was compiled with -g.  If not, warn the
    375  1.10  christos      user of this limitation.  */
    376  1.10  christos   if (compare_glevel (max_glevel, GLEVEL_2) < 0)
    377  1.10  christos     {
    378  1.10  christos       if (max_gdbinfo == 0)
    379   1.1  christos 	gdb_printf (_("\n%s not compiled with -g, "
    380   1.1  christos 		      "debugging support is limited.\n"),
    381   1.1  christos 		    objfile->name);
    382   1.1  christos       gdb_printf (_("You should compile with -g2 or "
    383   1.1  christos 		    "-g3 for best debugging support.\n"));
    384   1.1  christos     }
    385   1.1  christos #endif
    386   1.1  christos }
    387   1.1  christos 
    388   1.1  christos /* Local utilities */
    390  1.10  christos 
    391  1.10  christos /* Map of FDR indexes to partial symtabs.  */
    392   1.1  christos 
    393   1.1  christos struct pst_map
    394   1.1  christos {
    395   1.1  christos   legacy_psymtab *pst = nullptr;  /* the psymtab proper */
    396   1.1  christos   long n_globals = 0;		  /* exported globals (external symbols) */
    397   1.1  christos   long globals_offset = 0;	  /* cumulative */
    398   1.1  christos };
    399   1.1  christos 
    400   1.1  christos 
    401   1.1  christos /* Utility stack, used to nest procedures and blocks properly.
    402   1.1  christos    It is a doubly linked list, to avoid too many alloc/free.
    403   1.1  christos    Since we might need it quite a few times it is NOT deallocated
    404   1.1  christos    after use.  */
    405   1.1  christos 
    406   1.1  christos static struct parse_stack
    407   1.1  christos   {
    408   1.1  christos     struct parse_stack *next, *prev;
    409   1.1  christos     struct symtab *cur_st;	/* Current symtab.  */
    410   1.1  christos     struct block *cur_block;	/* Block in it.  */
    411   1.1  christos 
    412   1.1  christos     /* What are we parsing.  stFile, or stBlock are for files and
    413   1.1  christos        blocks.  stProc or stStaticProc means we have seen the start of a
    414   1.1  christos        procedure, but not the start of the block within in.  When we see
    415   1.1  christos        the start of that block, we change it to stNil, without pushing a
    416   1.1  christos        new block, i.e. stNil means both a procedure and a block.  */
    417   1.1  christos 
    418   1.1  christos     int blocktype;
    419   1.1  christos 
    420   1.1  christos     struct type *cur_type;	/* Type we parse fields for.  */
    421   1.1  christos     int cur_field;		/* Field number in cur_type.  */
    422   1.1  christos     CORE_ADDR procadr;		/* Start addres of this procedure.  */
    423   1.1  christos     int numargs;		/* Its argument count.  */
    424   1.1  christos   }
    425   1.1  christos 
    426   1.1  christos  *top_stack;			/* Top stack ptr */
    427   1.1  christos 
    428   1.5  christos 
    429   1.1  christos /* Enter a new lexical context.  */
    430   1.1  christos 
    431   1.1  christos static void
    432   1.5  christos push_parse_stack (void)
    433   1.1  christos {
    434   1.6  christos   struct parse_stack *newobj;
    435   1.1  christos 
    436   1.1  christos   /* Reuse frames if possible.  */
    437   1.1  christos   if (top_stack && top_stack->prev)
    438   1.5  christos     newobj = top_stack->prev;
    439   1.1  christos   else
    440   1.5  christos     newobj = XCNEW (struct parse_stack);
    441   1.5  christos   /* Initialize new frame with previous content.  */
    442   1.5  christos   if (top_stack)
    443   1.5  christos     {
    444   1.1  christos       struct parse_stack *prev = newobj->prev;
    445   1.5  christos 
    446   1.1  christos       *newobj = *top_stack;
    447   1.1  christos       top_stack->prev = newobj;
    448   1.1  christos       newobj->prev = prev;
    449   1.1  christos       newobj->next = top_stack;
    450   1.1  christos     }
    451   1.1  christos   top_stack = newobj;
    452   1.1  christos }
    453   1.1  christos 
    454   1.1  christos /* Exit a lexical context.  */
    455   1.1  christos 
    456   1.1  christos static void
    457   1.1  christos pop_parse_stack (void)
    458   1.1  christos {
    459   1.1  christos   if (!top_stack)
    460   1.1  christos     return;
    461   1.1  christos   if (top_stack->next)
    462   1.1  christos     top_stack = top_stack->next;
    463   1.1  christos }
    464   1.1  christos 
    465   1.1  christos 
    466   1.1  christos /* Cross-references might be to things we haven't looked at
    467   1.1  christos    yet, e.g. type references.  To avoid too many type
    468   1.1  christos    duplications we keep a quick fixup table, an array
    469   1.1  christos    of lists of references indexed by file descriptor.  */
    470   1.1  christos 
    471   1.1  christos struct mdebug_pending
    472   1.1  christos {
    473   1.1  christos   struct mdebug_pending *next;	/* link */
    474   1.1  christos   char *s;			/* the unswapped symbol */
    475   1.1  christos   struct type *t;		/* its partial type descriptor */
    476   1.1  christos };
    477   1.1  christos 
    478   1.1  christos 
    479   1.1  christos /* The pending information is kept for an entire object file.  We
    480   1.1  christos    allocate the pending information table when we create the partial
    481   1.1  christos    symbols, and we store a pointer to the single table in each
    482   1.1  christos    psymtab.  */
    483   1.1  christos 
    484   1.1  christos static struct mdebug_pending **pending_list;
    485   1.1  christos 
    486   1.1  christos /* Check whether we already saw symbol SH in file FH.  */
    487   1.1  christos 
    488   1.1  christos static struct mdebug_pending *
    489   1.1  christos is_pending_symbol (FDR *fh, char *sh)
    490   1.1  christos {
    491   1.1  christos   int f_idx = fh - debug_info->fdr;
    492   1.1  christos   struct mdebug_pending *p;
    493   1.1  christos 
    494   1.1  christos   /* Linear search is ok, list is typically no more than 10 deep.  */
    495   1.1  christos   for (p = pending_list[f_idx]; p; p = p->next)
    496   1.1  christos     if (p->s == sh)
    497   1.1  christos       break;
    498   1.1  christos   return p;
    499   1.1  christos }
    500   1.1  christos 
    501   1.1  christos /* Add a new symbol SH of type T.  */
    502   1.1  christos 
    503   1.1  christos static void
    504   1.1  christos add_pending (FDR *fh, char *sh, struct type *t)
    505   1.1  christos {
    506   1.8  christos   int f_idx = fh - debug_info->fdr;
    507   1.1  christos   struct mdebug_pending *p = is_pending_symbol (fh, sh);
    508   1.1  christos 
    509   1.1  christos   /* Make sure we do not make duplicates.  */
    510   1.1  christos   if (!p)
    511   1.1  christos     {
    512   1.1  christos       p = XOBNEW (&mdebugread_objfile->objfile_obstack, mdebug_pending);
    513   1.1  christos       p->s = sh;
    514   1.1  christos       p->t = t;
    515   1.1  christos       p->next = pending_list[f_idx];
    516   1.1  christos       pending_list[f_idx] = p;
    517   1.6  christos     }
    518   1.6  christos }
    519   1.6  christos 
    520   1.8  christos 
    522   1.6  christos /* Parsing Routines proper.  */
    523   1.6  christos 
    524   1.1  christos static void
    525   1.1  christos reg_value_complaint (int regnum, int num_regs, const char *sym)
    526   1.1  christos {
    527   1.1  christos   complaint (_("bad register number %d (max %d) in symbol %s"),
    528   1.1  christos 	     regnum, num_regs - 1, sym);
    529   1.1  christos }
    530   1.1  christos 
    531   1.1  christos /* Parse a single symbol.  Mostly just make up a GDB symbol for it.
    532   1.1  christos    For blocks, procedures and types we open a new lexical context.
    533   1.1  christos    This is basically just a big switch on the symbol's type.  Argument
    534   1.1  christos    AX is the base pointer of aux symbols for this file (fh->iauxBase).
    535   1.1  christos    EXT_SH points to the unswapped symbol, which is needed for struct,
    536  1.10  christos    union, etc., types; it is NULL for an EXTR.  BIGEND says whether
    537   1.6  christos    aux symbols are big-endian or little-endian.  Return count of
    538   1.8  christos    SYMR's handled (normally one).  */
    539   1.8  christos 
    540   1.8  christos static int
    541   1.9  christos mdebug_reg_to_regnum (struct symbol *sym, struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
    542   1.6  christos {
    543   1.6  christos   int regno = gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum (gdbarch, sym->value_longest ());
    544   1.6  christos 
    545   1.6  christos   if (regno < 0 || regno >= gdbarch_num_cooked_regs (gdbarch))
    546   1.6  christos     {
    547   1.1  christos       reg_value_complaint (regno, gdbarch_num_cooked_regs (gdbarch),
    548   1.1  christos 			   sym->print_name ());
    549   1.1  christos 
    550   1.1  christos       regno = gdbarch_sp_regnum (gdbarch); /* Known safe, though useless.  */
    551   1.1  christos     }
    552   1.1  christos 
    553   1.1  christos   return regno;
    554   1.1  christos }
    555   1.1  christos 
    556   1.1  christos static const struct symbol_register_ops mdebug_register_funcs = {
    557   1.1  christos   mdebug_reg_to_regnum
    558   1.6  christos };
    559   1.6  christos 
    560   1.6  christos /* The "aclass" indices for computed symbols.  */
    561   1.6  christos 
    562   1.6  christos static int mdebug_register_index;
    563   1.7  christos static int mdebug_regparm_index;
    564   1.6  christos 
    565  1.10  christos /* Common code for symbols describing data.  */
    566  1.10  christos 
    567   1.6  christos static void
    568   1.6  christos add_data_symbol (SYMR *sh, union aux_ext *ax, int bigend,
    569   1.6  christos 		 struct symbol *s, int aclass_index, struct block *b,
    570   1.6  christos 		 struct objfile *objfile, const char *name)
    571   1.6  christos {
    572  1.10  christos   s->set_domain (VAR_DOMAIN);
    573   1.6  christos   s->set_aclass_index (aclass_index);
    574  1.10  christos   add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, b);
    575   1.6  christos 
    576   1.6  christos   /* Type could be missing if file is compiled without debugging info.  */
    577   1.6  christos   if (SC_IS_UNDEF (sh->sc)
    578   1.1  christos       || sh->sc == scNil || sh->index == indexNil)
    579   1.1  christos     s->set_type (objfile_type (objfile)->nodebug_data_symbol);
    580   1.9  christos   else
    581   1.1  christos     s->set_type (parse_type (cur_fd, ax, sh->index, 0, bigend, name));
    582   1.9  christos   /* Value of a data symbol is its memory address.  */
    583   1.1  christos }
    584   1.1  christos 
    585   1.7  christos static int
    586   1.1  christos parse_symbol (SYMR *sh, union aux_ext *ax, char *ext_sh, int bigend,
    587   1.1  christos 	      const section_offsets &section_offsets, struct objfile *objfile)
    588   1.1  christos {
    589   1.1  christos   struct gdbarch *gdbarch = objfile->arch ();
    590   1.1  christos   const bfd_size_type external_sym_size = debug_swap->external_sym_size;
    591   1.1  christos   void (*const swap_sym_in) (bfd *, void *, SYMR *) = debug_swap->swap_sym_in;
    592   1.1  christos   const char *name;
    593   1.1  christos   struct symbol *s;
    594   1.1  christos   struct block *b;
    595   1.9  christos   struct mdebug_pending *pend;
    596   1.1  christos   struct type *t;
    597   1.1  christos   int count = 1;
    598   1.1  christos   TIR tir;
    599   1.1  christos   long svalue = sh->value;
    600   1.1  christos   int bitsize;
    601   1.1  christos 
    602   1.1  christos   if (ext_sh == NULL)
    603   1.1  christos     name = debug_info->ssext + sh->iss;
    604   1.1  christos   else
    605  1.10  christos     name = debug_info->ss + cur_fdr->issBase + sh->iss;
    606  1.10  christos 
    607  1.10  christos   switch (sh->sc)
    608  1.10  christos     {
    609   1.1  christos     case scText:
    610   1.9  christos     case scRConst:
    611   1.1  christos       /* Do not relocate relative values.
    612   1.1  christos 	 The value of a stEnd symbol is the displacement from the
    613   1.1  christos 	 corresponding start symbol value.
    614   1.1  christos 	 The value of a stBlock symbol is the displacement from the
    615   1.1  christos 	 procedure address.  */
    616   1.1  christos       if (sh->st != stEnd && sh->st != stBlock)
    617   1.9  christos 	sh->value += section_offsets[SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile)];
    618   1.1  christos       break;
    619   1.1  christos     case scData:
    620   1.1  christos     case scSData:
    621   1.9  christos     case scRData:
    622   1.1  christos     case scPData:
    623   1.1  christos     case scXData:
    624   1.1  christos       sh->value += section_offsets[SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile)];
    625   1.1  christos       break;
    626   1.1  christos     case scBss:
    627   1.1  christos     case scSBss:
    628   1.1  christos       sh->value += section_offsets[SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile)];
    629   1.1  christos       break;
    630   1.1  christos     }
    631  1.10  christos 
    632   1.1  christos   switch (sh->st)
    633  1.10  christos     {
    634   1.6  christos     case stNil:
    635   1.6  christos       break;
    636   1.1  christos 
    637   1.1  christos     case stGlobal:		/* External symbol, goes into global block.  */
    638   1.1  christos       b = top_stack->cur_st->compunit ()->blockvector ()->global_block ();
    639   1.1  christos       s = new_symbol (name);
    640   1.1  christos       s->set_value_address (sh->value);
    641   1.1  christos       add_data_symbol (sh, ax, bigend, s, LOC_STATIC, b, objfile, name);
    642   1.1  christos       break;
    643   1.1  christos 
    644   1.1  christos     case stStatic:		/* Static data, goes into current block.  */
    645   1.9  christos       b = top_stack->cur_block;
    646  1.10  christos       s = new_symbol (name);
    647   1.1  christos       if (SC_IS_COMMON (sh->sc))
    648   1.1  christos 	{
    649   1.1  christos 	  /* It is a FORTRAN common block.  At least for SGI Fortran the
    650  1.10  christos 	     address is not in the symbol; we need to fix it later in
    651   1.6  christos 	     scan_file_globals.  */
    652   1.6  christos 	  int bucket = hashname (s->linkage_name ());
    653   1.1  christos 	  s->set_value_chain (global_sym_chain[bucket]);
    654   1.1  christos 	  global_sym_chain[bucket] = s;
    655   1.1  christos 	}
    656   1.1  christos       else
    657  1.10  christos 	s->set_value_address (sh->value);
    658   1.1  christos       add_data_symbol (sh, ax, bigend, s, LOC_STATIC, b, objfile, name);
    659   1.6  christos       break;
    660   1.6  christos 
    661   1.1  christos     case stLocal:		/* Local variable, goes into current block.  */
    662   1.6  christos       b = top_stack->cur_block;
    663   1.6  christos       s = new_symbol (name);
    664   1.1  christos       s->set_value_longest (svalue);
    665   1.1  christos       if (sh->sc == scRegister)
    666   1.1  christos 	add_data_symbol (sh, ax, bigend, s, mdebug_register_index,
    667   1.1  christos 			 b, objfile, name);
    668   1.1  christos       else
    669   1.1  christos 	add_data_symbol (sh, ax, bigend, s, LOC_LOCAL,
    670   1.1  christos 			 b, objfile, name);
    671   1.1  christos       break;
    672   1.1  christos 
    673   1.1  christos     case stParam:		/* Arg to procedure, goes into current
    674   1.1  christos 				   block.  */
    675   1.1  christos       max_gdbinfo++;
    676   1.1  christos       found_ecoff_debugging_info = 1;
    677  1.10  christos       top_stack->numargs++;
    678  1.10  christos 
    679   1.1  christos       /* Special GNU C++ name.  */
    680   1.1  christos       if (is_cplus_marker (name[0]) && name[1] == 't' && name[2] == 0)
    681   1.1  christos 	name = "this";		/* FIXME, not alloc'd in obstack.  */
    682   1.1  christos       s = new_symbol (name);
    683  1.10  christos 
    684   1.1  christos       s->set_domain (VAR_DOMAIN);
    685   1.1  christos       s->set_is_argument (1);
    686   1.1  christos       switch (sh->sc)
    687  1.10  christos 	{
    688   1.1  christos 	case scRegister:
    689   1.1  christos 	  /* Pass by value in register.  */
    690   1.1  christos 	  s->set_aclass_index (mdebug_register_index);
    691  1.10  christos 	  break;
    692   1.1  christos 	case scVar:
    693   1.1  christos 	  /* Pass by reference on stack.  */
    694   1.1  christos 	  s->set_aclass_index (LOC_REF_ARG);
    695  1.10  christos 	  break;
    696   1.1  christos 	case scVarRegister:
    697   1.1  christos 	  /* Pass by reference in register.  */
    698  1.10  christos 	  s->set_aclass_index (mdebug_regparm_index);
    699  1.10  christos 	  break;
    700   1.1  christos 	default:
    701   1.1  christos 	  /* Pass by value on stack.  */
    702   1.1  christos 	  s->set_aclass_index (LOC_ARG);
    703   1.1  christos 	  break;
    704   1.1  christos 	}
    705  1.10  christos       s->set_value_longest (svalue);
    706  1.10  christos       s->set_type (parse_type (cur_fd, ax, sh->index, 0, bigend, name));
    707  1.10  christos       add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
    708  1.10  christos       break;
    709   1.1  christos 
    710   1.1  christos     case stLabel:		/* label, goes into current block.  */
    711   1.1  christos       s = new_symbol (name);
    712   1.1  christos       s->set_domain (VAR_DOMAIN);	/* So that it can be used */
    713   1.1  christos       s->set_aclass_index (LOC_LABEL);	/* but not misused.  */
    714   1.1  christos       s->set_value_address (sh->value);
    715  1.10  christos       s->set_type (objfile_type (objfile)->builtin_int);
    716  1.10  christos       add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
    717  1.10  christos       break;
    718  1.10  christos 
    719  1.10  christos     case stProc:	/* Procedure, usually goes into global block.  */
    720   1.1  christos     case stStaticProc:	/* Static procedure, goes into current block.  */
    721  1.10  christos       /* For stProc symbol records, we need to check the storage class
    722  1.10  christos 	 as well, as only (stProc, scText) entries represent "real"
    723  1.10  christos 	 procedures - See the Compaq document titled "Object File /
    724  1.10  christos 	 Symbol Table Format Specification" for more information.
    725  1.10  christos 	 If the storage class is not scText, we discard the whole block
    726  1.10  christos 	 of symbol records for this stProc.  */
    727  1.10  christos       if (sh->st == stProc && sh->sc != scText)
    728  1.10  christos 	{
    729  1.10  christos 	  char *ext_tsym = ext_sh;
    730  1.10  christos 	  int keep_counting = 1;
    731  1.10  christos 	  SYMR tsym;
    732  1.10  christos 
    733  1.10  christos 	  while (keep_counting)
    734  1.10  christos 	    {
    735  1.10  christos 	      ext_tsym += external_sym_size;
    736  1.10  christos 	      (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, ext_tsym, &tsym);
    737  1.10  christos 	      count++;
    738  1.10  christos 	      switch (tsym.st)
    739  1.10  christos 		{
    740  1.10  christos 		  case stParam:
    741  1.10  christos 		    break;
    742  1.10  christos 		  case stEnd:
    743  1.10  christos 		    keep_counting = 0;
    744  1.10  christos 		    break;
    745   1.1  christos 		  default:
    746  1.10  christos 		    complaint (_("unknown symbol type 0x%x"), sh->st);
    747  1.10  christos 		    break;
    748   1.1  christos 		}
    749   1.1  christos 	    }
    750   1.1  christos 	  break;
    751   1.1  christos 	}
    752   1.1  christos       s = new_symbol (name);
    753   1.1  christos       s->set_domain (VAR_DOMAIN);
    754   1.1  christos       s->set_aclass_index (LOC_BLOCK);
    755   1.9  christos       /* Type of the return value.  */
    756   1.1  christos       if (SC_IS_UNDEF (sh->sc) || sh->sc == scNil)
    757   1.1  christos 	t = objfile_type (objfile)->builtin_int;
    758  1.10  christos       else
    759  1.10  christos 	{
    760  1.10  christos 	  t = parse_type (cur_fd, ax, sh->index + 1, 0, bigend, name);
    761  1.10  christos 	  if (strcmp (name, "malloc") == 0
    762  1.10  christos 	      && t->code () == TYPE_CODE_VOID)
    763  1.10  christos 	    {
    764  1.10  christos 	      /* I don't know why, but, at least under Alpha GNU/Linux,
    765  1.10  christos 		 when linking against a malloc without debugging
    766   1.1  christos 		 symbols, its read as a function returning void---this
    767   1.1  christos 		 is bad because it means we cannot call functions with
    768   1.1  christos 		 string arguments interactively; i.e., "call
    769   1.1  christos 		 printf("howdy\n")" would fail with the error message
    770   1.1  christos 		 "program has no memory available".  To avoid this, we
    771   1.1  christos 		 patch up the type and make it void*
    772  1.10  christos 		 instead. (davidm (at) azstarnet.com).  */
    773  1.10  christos 	      t = make_pointer_type (t, NULL);
    774   1.1  christos 	    }
    775   1.1  christos 	}
    776   1.1  christos       b = top_stack->cur_block;
    777   1.1  christos       if (sh->st == stProc)
    778  1.10  christos 	{
    779  1.10  christos 	  struct blockvector *bv
    780   1.1  christos 	    = top_stack->cur_st->compunit ()->blockvector ();
    781   1.1  christos 
    782   1.1  christos 	  /* The next test should normally be true, but provides a
    783   1.1  christos 	     hook for nested functions (which we don't want to make
    784  1.10  christos 	     global).  */
    785   1.1  christos 	  if (b == bv->static_block ())
    786   1.1  christos 	    b = bv->global_block ();
    787   1.1  christos 	  /* Irix 5 sometimes has duplicate names for the same
    788   1.1  christos 	     function.  We want to add such names up at the global
    789  1.10  christos 	     level, not as a nested function.  */
    790   1.1  christos 	  else if (sh->value == top_stack->procadr)
    791   1.1  christos 	    b = bv->global_block ();
    792  1.10  christos 	}
    793   1.9  christos       add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, b);
    794  1.10  christos 
    795   1.1  christos       /* Make a type for the procedure itself.  */
    796   1.1  christos       s->set_type (lookup_function_type (t));
    797   1.9  christos 
    798  1.10  christos       /* All functions in C++ have prototypes.  For C we don't have enough
    799  1.10  christos 	 information in the debug info.  */
    800  1.10  christos       if (s->language () == language_cplus)
    801  1.10  christos 	s->type ()->set_is_prototyped (true);
    802  1.10  christos 
    803   1.1  christos       /* Create and enter a new lexical context.  */
    804   1.1  christos       b = new_block (FUNCTION_BLOCK, s->language ());
    805   1.1  christos       s->set_value_block (b);
    806   1.1  christos       b->set_function (s);
    807   1.1  christos       b->set_start (sh->value);
    808   1.1  christos       b->set_end (sh->value);
    809   1.1  christos       b->set_superblock (top_stack->cur_block);
    810   1.1  christos       add_block (b, top_stack->cur_st);
    811   1.1  christos 
    812  1.10  christos       /* Not if we only have partial info.  */
    813   1.1  christos       if (SC_IS_UNDEF (sh->sc) || sh->sc == scNil)
    814   1.1  christos 	break;
    815   1.1  christos 
    816   1.1  christos       push_parse_stack ();
    817   1.1  christos       top_stack->cur_block = b;
    818   1.1  christos       top_stack->blocktype = sh->st;
    819  1.10  christos       top_stack->cur_type = s->type ();
    820   1.1  christos       top_stack->cur_field = -1;
    821   1.1  christos       top_stack->procadr = sh->value;
    822   1.1  christos       top_stack->numargs = 0;
    823   1.1  christos       break;
    824   1.1  christos 
    825   1.1  christos       /* Beginning of code for structure, union, and enum definitions.
    826   1.1  christos 	 They all share a common set of local variables, defined here.  */
    827   1.1  christos       {
    828   1.1  christos 	enum type_code type_code;
    829   1.1  christos 	char *ext_tsym;
    830   1.1  christos 	int nfields;
    831   1.1  christos 	long max_value;
    832   1.1  christos 	struct field *f;
    833   1.1  christos 
    834   1.1  christos     case stStruct:		/* Start a block defining a struct type.  */
    835   1.1  christos 	type_code = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
    836   1.1  christos 	goto structured_common;
    837   1.1  christos 
    838   1.1  christos     case stUnion:		/* Start a block defining a union type.  */
    839   1.1  christos 	type_code = TYPE_CODE_UNION;
    840   1.1  christos 	goto structured_common;
    841   1.1  christos 
    842   1.1  christos     case stEnum:		/* Start a block defining an enum type.  */
    843   1.1  christos 	type_code = TYPE_CODE_ENUM;
    844   1.1  christos 	goto structured_common;
    845   1.1  christos 
    846   1.1  christos     case stBlock:		/* Either a lexical block, or some type.  */
    847   1.1  christos 	if (sh->sc != scInfo && !SC_IS_COMMON (sh->sc))
    848   1.1  christos 	  goto case_stBlock_code;	/* Lexical block */
    849   1.1  christos 
    850   1.1  christos 	type_code = TYPE_CODE_UNDEF;	/* We have a type.  */
    851   1.1  christos 
    852   1.1  christos 	/* Common code for handling struct, union, enum, and/or as-yet-
    853   1.1  christos 	   unknown-type blocks of info about structured data.  `type_code'
    854   1.1  christos 	   has been set to the proper TYPE_CODE, if we know it.  */
    855   1.1  christos       structured_common:
    856   1.1  christos 	found_ecoff_debugging_info = 1;
    857   1.1  christos 	push_parse_stack ();
    858   1.1  christos 	top_stack->blocktype = stBlock;
    859   1.1  christos 
    860   1.1  christos 	/* First count the number of fields and the highest value.  */
    861   1.1  christos 	nfields = 0;
    862   1.1  christos 	max_value = 0;
    863   1.1  christos 	for (ext_tsym = ext_sh + external_sym_size;
    864   1.1  christos 	     ;
    865   1.1  christos 	     ext_tsym += external_sym_size)
    866   1.1  christos 	  {
    867  1.10  christos 	    SYMR tsym;
    868  1.10  christos 
    869  1.10  christos 	    (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, ext_tsym, &tsym);
    870  1.10  christos 
    871  1.10  christos 	    switch (tsym.st)
    872  1.10  christos 	      {
    873  1.10  christos 	      case stEnd:
    874  1.10  christos 		/* C++ encodes class types as structures where there the
    875  1.10  christos 		   methods are encoded as stProc.  The scope of stProc
    876  1.10  christos 		   symbols also ends with stEnd, thus creating a risk of
    877  1.10  christos 		   taking the wrong stEnd symbol record as the end of
    878  1.10  christos 		   the current struct, which would cause GDB to undercount
    879  1.10  christos 		   the real number of fields in this struct.  To make sure
    880  1.10  christos 		   we really reached the right stEnd symbol record, we
    881   1.1  christos 		   check the associated name, and match it against the
    882   1.1  christos 		   struct name.  Since method names are mangled while
    883   1.1  christos 		   the class name is not, there is no risk of having a
    884  1.10  christos 		   method whose name is identical to the class name
    885   1.1  christos 		   (in particular constructor method names are different
    886  1.10  christos 		   from the class name).  There is therefore no risk that
    887  1.10  christos 		   this check stops the count on the StEnd of a method.
    888  1.10  christos 
    889   1.1  christos 		   Also, assume that we're really at the end when tsym.iss
    890   1.1  christos 		   is 0 (issNull).  */
    891   1.1  christos 		if (tsym.iss == issNull
    892   1.1  christos 		    || strcmp (debug_info->ss + cur_fdr->issBase + tsym.iss,
    893   1.1  christos 			       name) == 0)
    894   1.1  christos 		  goto end_of_fields;
    895   1.1  christos 		break;
    896   1.1  christos 
    897   1.1  christos 	      case stMember:
    898   1.1  christos 		if (nfields == 0 && type_code == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF)
    899   1.1  christos 		  {
    900   1.1  christos 		    /* If the type of the member is Nil (or Void),
    901   1.1  christos 		       without qualifiers, assume the tag is an
    902   1.1  christos 		       enumeration.
    903   1.1  christos 		       Alpha cc -migrate enums are recognized by a zero
    904   1.1  christos 		       index and a zero symbol value.
    905   1.1  christos 		       DU 4.0 cc enums are recognized by a member type of
    906   1.1  christos 		       btEnum without qualifiers and a zero symbol value.  */
    907   1.1  christos 		    if (tsym.index == indexNil
    908   1.1  christos 			|| (tsym.index == 0 && sh->value == 0))
    909   1.1  christos 		      type_code = TYPE_CODE_ENUM;
    910   1.1  christos 		    else
    911   1.1  christos 		      {
    912   1.1  christos 			(*debug_swap->swap_tir_in) (bigend,
    913   1.1  christos 						    &ax[tsym.index].a_ti,
    914   1.1  christos 						    &tir);
    915   1.1  christos 			if ((tir.bt == btNil || tir.bt == btVoid
    916   1.1  christos 			     || (tir.bt == btEnum && sh->value == 0))
    917   1.1  christos 			    && tir.tq0 == tqNil)
    918   1.1  christos 			  type_code = TYPE_CODE_ENUM;
    919   1.1  christos 		      }
    920   1.1  christos 		  }
    921   1.1  christos 		nfields++;
    922   1.1  christos 		if (tsym.value > max_value)
    923   1.1  christos 		  max_value = tsym.value;
    924   1.1  christos 		break;
    925   1.1  christos 
    926   1.1  christos 	      case stBlock:
    927   1.1  christos 	      case stUnion:
    928   1.1  christos 	      case stEnum:
    929   1.1  christos 	      case stStruct:
    930   1.1  christos 		{
    931   1.1  christos #if 0
    932  1.10  christos 		  /* This is a no-op; is it trying to tell us something
    933  1.10  christos 		     we should be checking?  */
    934  1.10  christos 		  if (tsym.sc == scVariant);	/*UNIMPLEMENTED */
    935   1.1  christos #endif
    936   1.1  christos 		  if (tsym.index != 0)
    937   1.1  christos 		    {
    938   1.1  christos 		      /* This is something like a struct within a
    939   1.1  christos 			 struct.  Skip over the fields of the inner
    940   1.1  christos 			 struct.  The -1 is because the for loop will
    941   1.1  christos 			 increment ext_tsym.  */
    942   1.1  christos 		      ext_tsym = ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
    943   1.1  christos 				  + ((cur_fdr->isymBase + tsym.index - 1)
    944   1.1  christos 				     * external_sym_size));
    945   1.1  christos 		    }
    946   1.1  christos 		}
    947   1.1  christos 		break;
    948   1.1  christos 
    949   1.1  christos 	      case stTypedef:
    950   1.1  christos 		/* mips cc puts out a typedef for struct x if it is not yet
    951   1.1  christos 		   defined when it encounters
    952   1.1  christos 		   struct y { struct x *xp; };
    953   1.1  christos 		   Just ignore it.  */
    954   1.1  christos 		break;
    955   1.1  christos 
    956   1.1  christos 	      case stIndirect:
    957   1.8  christos 		/* Irix5 cc puts out a stIndirect for struct x if it is not
    958   1.1  christos 		   yet defined when it encounters
    959   1.1  christos 		   struct y { struct x *xp; };
    960   1.1  christos 		   Just ignore it.  */
    961   1.1  christos 		break;
    962   1.1  christos 
    963   1.1  christos 	      default:
    964   1.1  christos 		complaint (_("declaration block contains "
    965   1.1  christos 			     "unhandled symbol type %d"),
    966   1.1  christos 			   tsym.st);
    967   1.1  christos 	      }
    968   1.1  christos 	  }
    969   1.1  christos       end_of_fields:
    970   1.1  christos 
    971   1.1  christos 	/* In an stBlock, there is no way to distinguish structs,
    972   1.1  christos 	   unions, and enums at this point.  This is a bug in the
    973   1.1  christos 	   original design (that has been fixed with the recent
    974   1.1  christos 	   addition of the stStruct, stUnion, and stEnum symbol
    975   1.1  christos 	   types.)  The way you can tell is if/when you see a variable
    976   1.1  christos 	   or field of that type.  In that case the variable's type
    977   1.1  christos 	   (in the AUX table) says if the type is struct, union, or
    978   1.1  christos 	   enum, and points back to the stBlock here.  So you can
    979   1.1  christos 	   patch the tag kind up later - but only if there actually is
    980   1.1  christos 	   a variable or field of that type.
    981   1.1  christos 
    982   1.1  christos 	   So until we know for sure, we will guess at this point.
    983   1.1  christos 	   The heuristic is:
    984   1.1  christos 	   If the first member has index==indexNil or a void type,
    985   1.1  christos 	   assume we have an enumeration.
    986   1.1  christos 	   Otherwise, if there is more than one member, and all
    987   1.1  christos 	   the members have offset 0, assume we have a union.
    988   1.1  christos 	   Otherwise, assume we have a struct.
    989   1.1  christos 
    990   1.1  christos 	   The heuristic could guess wrong in the case of of an
    991   1.1  christos 	   enumeration with no members or a union with one (or zero)
    992   1.1  christos 	   members, or when all except the last field of a struct have
    993   1.1  christos 	   width zero.  These are uncommon and/or illegal situations,
    994   1.1  christos 	   and in any case guessing wrong probably doesn't matter
    995   1.1  christos 	   much.
    996   1.1  christos 
    997   1.1  christos 	   But if we later do find out we were wrong, we fixup the tag
    998   1.1  christos 	   kind.  Members of an enumeration must be handled
    999   1.1  christos 	   differently from struct/union fields, and that is harder to
   1000   1.1  christos 	   patch up, but luckily we shouldn't need to.  (If there are
   1001   1.1  christos 	   any enumeration members, we can tell for sure it's an enum
   1002   1.1  christos 	   here.)  */
   1003   1.1  christos 
   1004   1.1  christos 	if (type_code == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF)
   1005   1.1  christos 	  {
   1006   1.1  christos 	    if (nfields > 1 && max_value == 0)
   1007   1.9  christos 	      type_code = TYPE_CODE_UNION;
   1008   1.1  christos 	    else
   1009   1.1  christos 	      type_code = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
   1010   1.1  christos 	  }
   1011   1.1  christos 
   1012   1.1  christos 	/* Create a new type or use the pending type.  */
   1013   1.1  christos 	pend = is_pending_symbol (cur_fdr, ext_sh);
   1014   1.1  christos 	if (pend == NULL)
   1015   1.1  christos 	  {
   1016   1.1  christos 	    t = new_type (NULL);
   1017   1.1  christos 	    add_pending (cur_fdr, ext_sh, t);
   1018   1.1  christos 	  }
   1019   1.9  christos 	else
   1020   1.1  christos 	  t = pend->t;
   1021   1.9  christos 
   1022   1.9  christos 	/* Do not set the tag name if it is a compiler generated tag name
   1023   1.1  christos 	   (.Fxx or .xxfake or empty) for unnamed struct/union/enums.
   1024   1.9  christos 	   Alpha cc puts out an sh->iss of zero for those.  */
   1025  1.10  christos 	if (sh->iss == 0 || name[0] == '.' || name[0] == '\0')
   1026   1.9  christos 	  t->set_name (NULL);
   1027   1.9  christos 	else
   1028   1.9  christos 	  t->set_name (obconcat (&mdebugread_objfile->objfile_obstack,
   1029   1.1  christos 				 name, (char *) NULL));
   1030   1.1  christos 
   1031   1.1  christos 	t->set_code (type_code);
   1032   1.1  christos 	t->set_length (sh->value);
   1033   1.1  christos 	t->set_num_fields (nfields);
   1034   1.1  christos 	f = ((struct field *) TYPE_ALLOC (t, nfields * sizeof (struct field)));
   1035   1.1  christos 	t->set_fields (f);
   1036   1.1  christos 
   1037   1.1  christos 	if (type_code == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
   1038   1.1  christos 	  {
   1039   1.1  christos 	    int unsigned_enum = 1;
   1040   1.1  christos 
   1041   1.1  christos 	    /* This is a non-empty enum.  */
   1042   1.1  christos 
   1043   1.1  christos 	    /* DEC c89 has the number of enumerators in the sh.value field,
   1044  1.10  christos 	       not the type length, so we have to compensate for that
   1045  1.10  christos 	       incompatibility quirk.
   1046  1.10  christos 	       This might do the wrong thing for an enum with one or two
   1047   1.1  christos 	       enumerators and gcc -gcoff -fshort-enums, but these cases
   1048   1.1  christos 	       are hopefully rare enough.
   1049   1.1  christos 	       Alpha cc -migrate has a sh.value field of zero, we adjust
   1050   1.1  christos 	       that too.  */
   1051   1.1  christos 	    if (t->length () == t->num_fields ()
   1052   1.1  christos 		|| t->length () == 0)
   1053   1.1  christos 	      t->set_length (gdbarch_int_bit (gdbarch) / HOST_CHAR_BIT);
   1054   1.1  christos 	    for (ext_tsym = ext_sh + external_sym_size;
   1055   1.1  christos 		 ;
   1056   1.1  christos 		 ext_tsym += external_sym_size)
   1057   1.1  christos 	      {
   1058   1.1  christos 		SYMR tsym;
   1059  1.10  christos 		struct symbol *enum_sym;
   1060   1.9  christos 
   1061  1.10  christos 		(*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, ext_tsym, &tsym);
   1062   1.1  christos 
   1063   1.1  christos 		if (tsym.st != stMember)
   1064   1.9  christos 		  break;
   1065   1.9  christos 
   1066   1.9  christos 		f->set_loc_enumval (tsym.value);
   1067  1.10  christos 		f->set_type (t);
   1068  1.10  christos 		f->set_name (debug_info->ss + cur_fdr->issBase + tsym.iss);
   1069  1.10  christos 		FIELD_BITSIZE (*f) = 0;
   1070  1.10  christos 
   1071  1.10  christos 		enum_sym = new (&mdebugread_objfile->objfile_obstack) symbol;
   1072  1.10  christos 		enum_sym->set_linkage_name
   1073   1.1  christos 		  (obstack_strdup (&mdebugread_objfile->objfile_obstack,
   1074   1.1  christos 				   f->name ()));
   1075   1.1  christos 		enum_sym->set_aclass_index (LOC_CONST);
   1076   1.1  christos 		enum_sym->set_type (t);
   1077   1.1  christos 		enum_sym->set_domain (VAR_DOMAIN);
   1078   1.1  christos 		enum_sym->set_value_longest (tsym.value);
   1079   1.1  christos 		if (enum_sym->value_longest () < 0)
   1080   1.1  christos 		  unsigned_enum = 0;
   1081  1.10  christos 		add_symbol (enum_sym, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
   1082   1.1  christos 
   1083   1.1  christos 		/* Skip the stMembers that we've handled.  */
   1084   1.1  christos 		count++;
   1085   1.1  christos 		f++;
   1086   1.1  christos 	      }
   1087   1.1  christos 	    if (unsigned_enum)
   1088   1.1  christos 	      t->set_is_unsigned (true);
   1089   1.1  christos 	  }
   1090   1.1  christos 	/* Make this the current type.  */
   1091   1.1  christos 	top_stack->cur_type = t;
   1092   1.1  christos 	top_stack->cur_field = 0;
   1093   1.9  christos 
   1094   1.1  christos 	/* Do not create a symbol for alpha cc unnamed structs.  */
   1095  1.10  christos 	if (sh->iss == 0)
   1096   1.1  christos 	  break;
   1097   1.1  christos 
   1098   1.1  christos 	/* gcc puts out an empty struct for an opaque struct definitions,
   1099   1.1  christos 	   do not create a symbol for it either.  */
   1100  1.10  christos 	if (t->num_fields () == 0)
   1101  1.10  christos 	  {
   1102  1.10  christos 	    t->set_is_stub (true);
   1103  1.10  christos 	    break;
   1104   1.1  christos 	  }
   1105   1.1  christos 
   1106   1.1  christos 	s = new_symbol (name);
   1107   1.1  christos 	s->set_domain (STRUCT_DOMAIN);
   1108   1.1  christos 	s->set_aclass_index (LOC_TYPEDEF);
   1109   1.1  christos 	s->set_value_longest (0);
   1110   1.1  christos 	s->set_type (t);
   1111   1.1  christos 	add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
   1112   1.1  christos 	break;
   1113   1.1  christos 
   1114  1.10  christos 	/* End of local variables shared by struct, union, enum, and
   1115   1.1  christos 	   block (as yet unknown struct/union/enum) processing.  */
   1116   1.1  christos       }
   1117   1.1  christos 
   1118  1.10  christos     case_stBlock_code:
   1119  1.10  christos       found_ecoff_debugging_info = 1;
   1120   1.1  christos       /* Beginnning of (code) block.  Value of symbol
   1121   1.1  christos 	 is the displacement from procedure start.  */
   1122   1.1  christos       push_parse_stack ();
   1123   1.1  christos 
   1124   1.1  christos       /* Do not start a new block if this is the outermost block of a
   1125   1.1  christos 	 procedure.  This allows the LOC_BLOCK symbol to point to the
   1126   1.1  christos 	 block with the local variables, so funcname::var works.  */
   1127   1.1  christos       if (top_stack->blocktype == stProc
   1128   1.8  christos 	  || top_stack->blocktype == stStaticProc)
   1129  1.10  christos 	{
   1130  1.10  christos 	  top_stack->blocktype = stNil;
   1131   1.1  christos 	  break;
   1132   1.1  christos 	}
   1133   1.1  christos 
   1134   1.1  christos       top_stack->blocktype = stBlock;
   1135   1.1  christos       b = new_block (NON_FUNCTION_BLOCK, psymtab_language);
   1136   1.1  christos       b->set_start (sh->value + top_stack->procadr);
   1137   1.1  christos       b->set_superblock (top_stack->cur_block);
   1138   1.1  christos       top_stack->cur_block = b;
   1139   1.1  christos       add_block (b, top_stack->cur_st);
   1140   1.1  christos       break;
   1141   1.1  christos 
   1142   1.1  christos     case stEnd:		/* end (of anything) */
   1143   1.1  christos       if (sh->sc == scInfo || SC_IS_COMMON (sh->sc))
   1144   1.1  christos 	{
   1145   1.1  christos 	  /* Finished with type */
   1146  1.10  christos 	  top_stack->cur_type = 0;
   1147  1.10  christos 	}
   1148   1.1  christos       else if (sh->sc == scText &&
   1149   1.8  christos 	       (top_stack->blocktype == stProc ||
   1150   1.1  christos 		top_stack->blocktype == stStaticProc))
   1151   1.1  christos 	{
   1152  1.10  christos 	  /* Finished with procedure */
   1153  1.10  christos 	  struct blockvector *bv
   1154   1.1  christos 	    = top_stack->cur_st->compunit ()->blockvector ();
   1155   1.1  christos 	  struct mdebug_extra_func_info *e;
   1156   1.1  christos 	  struct block *cblock = top_stack->cur_block;
   1157  1.10  christos 	  struct type *ftype = top_stack->cur_type;
   1158  1.10  christos 
   1159  1.10  christos 	  top_stack->cur_block->set_end
   1160   1.8  christos 	    (top_stack->cur_block->end () + sh->value); /* size */
   1161   1.8  christos 
   1162  1.10  christos 	  /* Make up special symbol to contain procedure specific info.  */
   1163   1.1  christos 	  s = new_symbol (MDEBUG_EFI_SYMBOL_NAME);
   1164   1.1  christos 	  s->set_domain (LABEL_DOMAIN);
   1165   1.1  christos 	  s->set_aclass_index (LOC_CONST);
   1166   1.1  christos 	  s->set_type (objfile_type (mdebugread_objfile)->builtin_void);
   1167   1.1  christos 	  e = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (&mdebugread_objfile->objfile_obstack,
   1168   1.1  christos 			      mdebug_extra_func_info);
   1169  1.10  christos 	  s->set_value_bytes ((gdb_byte *) e);
   1170   1.1  christos 	  e->numargs = top_stack->numargs;
   1171  1.10  christos 	  e->pdr.framereg = -1;
   1172  1.10  christos 	  add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
   1173  1.10  christos 
   1174   1.1  christos 	  /* f77 emits proc-level with address bounds==[0,0],
   1175  1.10  christos 	     So look for such child blocks, and patch them.  */
   1176  1.10  christos 	  for (block *b_bad : bv->blocks ())
   1177   1.1  christos 	    {
   1178   1.1  christos 	      if (b_bad->superblock () == cblock
   1179   1.1  christos 		  && b_bad->start () == top_stack->procadr
   1180   1.9  christos 		  && b_bad->end () == top_stack->procadr)
   1181   1.1  christos 		{
   1182   1.1  christos 		  b_bad->set_start (cblock->start ());
   1183  1.10  christos 		  b_bad->set_end (cblock->end ());
   1184   1.1  christos 		}
   1185   1.1  christos 	    }
   1186   1.1  christos 
   1187   1.1  christos 	  if (ftype->num_fields () <= 0)
   1188   1.1  christos 	    {
   1189   1.1  christos 	      /* No parameter type information is recorded with the function's
   1190   1.1  christos 		 type.  Set that from the type of the parameter symbols.  */
   1191   1.1  christos 	      int nparams = top_stack->numargs;
   1192   1.9  christos 	      int iparams;
   1193   1.9  christos 	      struct symbol *sym;
   1194   1.9  christos 
   1195   1.9  christos 	      if (nparams > 0)
   1196   1.1  christos 		{
   1197   1.1  christos 		  struct block_iterator iter;
   1198   1.8  christos 
   1199   1.1  christos 		  ftype->set_num_fields (nparams);
   1200   1.1  christos 		  ftype->set_fields
   1201   1.1  christos 		    ((struct field *)
   1202   1.1  christos 		     TYPE_ALLOC (ftype, nparams * sizeof (struct field)));
   1203  1.10  christos 
   1204   1.1  christos 		  iparams = 0;
   1205  1.10  christos 		  ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (cblock, iter, sym)
   1206   1.1  christos 		    {
   1207   1.1  christos 		      if (iparams == nparams)
   1208   1.1  christos 			break;
   1209   1.1  christos 
   1210   1.1  christos 		      if (sym->is_argument ())
   1211   1.1  christos 			{
   1212   1.1  christos 			  ftype->field (iparams).set_type (sym->type ());
   1213   1.1  christos 			  TYPE_FIELD_ARTIFICIAL (ftype, iparams) = 0;
   1214   1.1  christos 			  iparams++;
   1215   1.1  christos 			}
   1216   1.1  christos 		    }
   1217   1.1  christos 		}
   1218  1.10  christos 	    }
   1219   1.1  christos 	}
   1220   1.1  christos       else if (sh->sc == scText && top_stack->blocktype == stBlock)
   1221   1.1  christos 	{
   1222   1.1  christos 	  /* End of (code) block.  The value of the symbol is the
   1223   1.1  christos 	     displacement from the procedure`s start address of the
   1224   1.1  christos 	     end of this block.  */
   1225   1.1  christos 	  top_stack->cur_block->set_end (sh->value + top_stack->procadr);
   1226   1.1  christos 	}
   1227   1.1  christos       else if (sh->sc == scText && top_stack->blocktype == stNil)
   1228   1.1  christos 	{
   1229   1.1  christos 	  /* End of outermost block.  Pop parse stack and ignore.  The
   1230   1.1  christos 	     following stEnd of stProc will take care of the block.  */
   1231   1.1  christos 	  ;
   1232   1.1  christos 	}
   1233   1.8  christos       else if (sh->sc == scText && top_stack->blocktype == stFile)
   1234   1.1  christos 	{
   1235   1.1  christos 	  /* End of file.  Pop parse stack and ignore.  Higher
   1236   1.1  christos 	     level code deals with this.  */
   1237   1.1  christos 	  ;
   1238   1.1  christos 	}
   1239   1.8  christos       else
   1240   1.9  christos 	complaint (_("stEnd with storage class %d not handled"), sh->sc);
   1241   1.9  christos 
   1242  1.10  christos       pop_parse_stack ();	/* Restore previous lexical context.  */
   1243  1.10  christos       break;
   1244   1.8  christos 
   1245   1.9  christos     case stMember:		/* member of struct or union */
   1246   1.9  christos       {
   1247   1.8  christos 	struct field *f = &top_stack->cur_type->field (top_stack->cur_field);
   1248   1.8  christos 	top_stack->cur_field++;
   1249   1.1  christos 	f->set_name (name);
   1250   1.1  christos 	f->set_loc_bitpos (sh->value);
   1251   1.1  christos 	bitsize = 0;
   1252   1.1  christos 	f->set_type (parse_type (cur_fd, ax, sh->index, &bitsize, bigend,
   1253  1.10  christos 				 name));
   1254   1.1  christos 	FIELD_BITSIZE (*f) = bitsize;
   1255   1.1  christos       }
   1256   1.1  christos       break;
   1257   1.1  christos 
   1258   1.1  christos     case stIndirect:		/* forward declaration on Irix5 */
   1259   1.1  christos       /* Forward declarations from Irix5 cc are handled by cross_ref,
   1260  1.10  christos 	 skip them.  */
   1261   1.1  christos       break;
   1262   1.1  christos 
   1263   1.1  christos     case stTypedef:		/* type definition */
   1264   1.1  christos       found_ecoff_debugging_info = 1;
   1265   1.1  christos 
   1266   1.9  christos       /* Typedefs for forward declarations and opaque structs from alpha cc
   1267   1.1  christos 	 are handled by cross_ref, skip them.  */
   1268   1.9  christos       if (sh->iss == 0)
   1269   1.1  christos 	break;
   1270   1.1  christos 
   1271   1.1  christos       /* Parse the type or use the pending type.  */
   1272   1.1  christos       pend = is_pending_symbol (cur_fdr, ext_sh);
   1273   1.1  christos       if (pend == NULL)
   1274   1.1  christos 	{
   1275  1.10  christos 	  t = parse_type (cur_fd, ax, sh->index, NULL, bigend, name);
   1276  1.10  christos 	  add_pending (cur_fdr, ext_sh, t);
   1277  1.10  christos 	}
   1278  1.10  christos       else
   1279  1.10  christos 	t = pend->t;
   1280  1.10  christos 
   1281  1.10  christos       /* Mips cc puts out a typedef with the name of the struct for forward
   1282  1.10  christos 	 declarations.  These should not go into the symbol table and
   1283  1.10  christos 	 TYPE_NAME should not be set for them.
   1284  1.10  christos 	 They can't be distinguished from an intentional typedef to
   1285  1.10  christos 	 the same name however:
   1286  1.10  christos 	 x.h:
   1287  1.10  christos 	 struct x { int ix; int jx; };
   1288  1.10  christos 	 struct xx;
   1289   1.1  christos 	 x.c:
   1290   1.1  christos 	 typedef struct x x;
   1291  1.10  christos 	 struct xx {int ixx; int jxx; };
   1292   1.1  christos 	 generates a cross referencing stTypedef for x and xx.
   1293   1.1  christos 	 The user visible effect of this is that the type of a pointer
   1294   1.1  christos 	 to struct foo sometimes is given as `foo *' instead of `struct foo *'.
   1295   1.1  christos 	 The problem is fixed with alpha cc and Irix5 cc.  */
   1296  1.10  christos 
   1297  1.10  christos       /* However if the typedef cross references to an opaque aggregate, it
   1298  1.10  christos 	 is safe to omit it from the symbol table.  */
   1299  1.10  christos 
   1300   1.1  christos       if (has_opaque_xref (cur_fdr, sh))
   1301   1.1  christos 	break;
   1302   1.1  christos       s = new_symbol (name);
   1303  1.10  christos       s->set_domain (VAR_DOMAIN);
   1304  1.10  christos       s->set_aclass_index (LOC_TYPEDEF);
   1305  1.10  christos       s->set_value_block (top_stack->cur_block);
   1306  1.10  christos       s->set_type (t);
   1307   1.1  christos       add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
   1308  1.10  christos 
   1309  1.10  christos       /* Incomplete definitions of structs should not get a name.  */
   1310   1.1  christos       if (s->type ()->name () == NULL
   1311   1.1  christos 	  && (s->type ()->num_fields () != 0
   1312  1.10  christos 	      || (s->type ()->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
   1313  1.10  christos 		  && s->type ()->code () != TYPE_CODE_UNION)))
   1314  1.10  christos 	{
   1315  1.10  christos 	  if (s->type ()->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
   1316  1.10  christos 	      || s->type ()->code () == TYPE_CODE_FUNC)
   1317  1.10  christos 	    {
   1318  1.10  christos 	      /* If we are giving a name to a type such as "pointer to
   1319  1.10  christos 		 foo" or "function returning foo", we better not set
   1320  1.10  christos 		 the TYPE_NAME.  If the program contains "typedef char
   1321  1.10  christos 		 *caddr_t;", we don't want all variables of type char
   1322  1.10  christos 		 * to print as caddr_t.  This is not just a
   1323  1.10  christos 		 consequence of GDB's type management; CC and GCC (at
   1324   1.1  christos 		 least through version 2.4) both output variables of
   1325  1.10  christos 		 either type char * or caddr_t with the type
   1326   1.1  christos 		 refering to the stTypedef symbol for caddr_t.  If a future
   1327  1.10  christos 		 compiler cleans this up it GDB is not ready for it
   1328  1.10  christos 		 yet, but if it becomes ready we somehow need to
   1329   1.1  christos 		 disable this check (without breaking the PCC/GCC2.4
   1330   1.1  christos 		 case).
   1331  1.10  christos 
   1332   1.1  christos 		 Sigh.
   1333   1.1  christos 
   1334   1.1  christos 		 Fortunately, this check seems not to be necessary
   1335   1.1  christos 		 for anything except pointers or functions.  */
   1336   1.1  christos 	    }
   1337   1.1  christos 	  else
   1338   1.1  christos 	    s->type ()->set_name (s->linkage_name ());
   1339   1.1  christos 	}
   1340   1.1  christos       break;
   1341   1.1  christos 
   1342   1.1  christos     case stFile:		/* file name */
   1343   1.1  christos       push_parse_stack ();
   1344   1.1  christos       top_stack->blocktype = sh->st;
   1345   1.1  christos       break;
   1346   1.1  christos 
   1347   1.1  christos       /* I`ve never seen these for C */
   1348   1.8  christos     case stRegReloc:
   1349   1.1  christos       break;			/* register relocation */
   1350   1.1  christos     case stForward:
   1351   1.1  christos       break;			/* forwarding address */
   1352   1.1  christos     case stConstant:
   1353   1.1  christos       break;			/* constant */
   1354   1.1  christos     default:
   1355   1.1  christos       complaint (_("unknown symbol type 0x%x"), sh->st);
   1356   1.1  christos       break;
   1357  1.10  christos     }
   1358  1.10  christos 
   1359   1.9  christos   return count;
   1360   1.1  christos }
   1361   1.1  christos 
   1362   1.1  christos /* Basic types.  */
   1363   1.1  christos 
   1364   1.9  christos static const registry<objfile>::key<struct type *,
   1365   1.9  christos 				    gdb::noop_deleter<struct type *>>
   1366   1.1  christos   basic_type_data;
   1367   1.1  christos 
   1368   1.1  christos static struct type *
   1369   1.1  christos basic_type (int bt, struct objfile *objfile)
   1370   1.1  christos {
   1371   1.1  christos   struct gdbarch *gdbarch = objfile->arch ();
   1372   1.1  christos   struct type **map_bt = basic_type_data.get (objfile);
   1373   1.1  christos   struct type *tp;
   1374   1.1  christos 
   1375   1.9  christos   if (bt >= btMax)
   1376   1.1  christos     return NULL;
   1377   1.1  christos 
   1378   1.1  christos   if (!map_bt)
   1379   1.1  christos     {
   1380   1.1  christos       map_bt = OBSTACK_CALLOC (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
   1381   1.1  christos 			       btMax, struct type *);
   1382   1.1  christos       basic_type_data.set (objfile, map_bt);
   1383   1.1  christos     }
   1384   1.1  christos 
   1385   1.1  christos   if (map_bt[bt])
   1386   1.1  christos     return map_bt[bt];
   1387   1.1  christos 
   1388   1.7  christos   switch (bt)
   1389   1.7  christos     {
   1390   1.1  christos     case btNil:
   1391   1.1  christos       tp = objfile_type (objfile)->builtin_void;
   1392   1.1  christos       break;
   1393   1.7  christos 
   1394  1.10  christos     case btAdr:
   1395   1.1  christos       tp = init_pointer_type (objfile, 32, "adr_32",
   1396   1.1  christos 			      objfile_type (objfile)->builtin_void);
   1397   1.1  christos       break;
   1398   1.7  christos 
   1399   1.1  christos     case btChar:
   1400   1.1  christos       tp = init_integer_type (objfile, 8, 0, "char");
   1401   1.1  christos       tp->set_has_no_signedness (true);
   1402   1.7  christos       break;
   1403   1.1  christos 
   1404   1.1  christos     case btUChar:
   1405   1.1  christos       tp = init_integer_type (objfile, 8, 1, "unsigned char");
   1406   1.7  christos       break;
   1407   1.1  christos 
   1408   1.1  christos     case btShort:
   1409   1.1  christos       tp = init_integer_type (objfile, 16, 0, "short");
   1410   1.7  christos       break;
   1411   1.1  christos 
   1412   1.1  christos     case btUShort:
   1413   1.1  christos       tp = init_integer_type (objfile, 16, 1, "unsigned short");
   1414   1.7  christos       break;
   1415   1.1  christos 
   1416   1.1  christos     case btInt:
   1417   1.1  christos       tp = init_integer_type (objfile, 32, 0, "int");
   1418   1.7  christos       break;
   1419   1.1  christos 
   1420   1.1  christos    case btUInt:
   1421   1.1  christos       tp = init_integer_type (objfile, 32, 1, "unsigned int");
   1422   1.7  christos       break;
   1423   1.1  christos 
   1424   1.1  christos     case btLong:
   1425   1.1  christos       tp = init_integer_type (objfile, 32, 0, "long");
   1426   1.7  christos       break;
   1427   1.7  christos 
   1428   1.1  christos     case btULong:
   1429   1.1  christos       tp = init_integer_type (objfile, 32, 1, "unsigned long");
   1430   1.1  christos       break;
   1431   1.7  christos 
   1432   1.7  christos     case btFloat:
   1433   1.1  christos       tp = init_float_type (objfile, gdbarch_float_bit (gdbarch),
   1434   1.1  christos 			    "float", gdbarch_float_format (gdbarch));
   1435   1.1  christos       break;
   1436   1.9  christos 
   1437   1.1  christos     case btDouble:
   1438   1.1  christos       tp = init_float_type (objfile, gdbarch_double_bit (gdbarch),
   1439   1.1  christos 			    "double", gdbarch_double_format (gdbarch));
   1440   1.9  christos       break;
   1441   1.1  christos 
   1442   1.1  christos     case btComplex:
   1443   1.1  christos       tp = init_complex_type ("complex", basic_type (btFloat, objfile));
   1444   1.1  christos       break;
   1445   1.1  christos 
   1446   1.1  christos     case btDComplex:
   1447   1.7  christos       tp = init_complex_type ("double complex", basic_type (btFloat, objfile));
   1448   1.7  christos       break;
   1449   1.1  christos 
   1450   1.1  christos     case btFixedDec:
   1451   1.1  christos       /* We use TYPE_CODE_INT to print these as integers.  Does this do any
   1452   1.7  christos 	 good?  Would we be better off with TYPE_CODE_ERROR?  Should
   1453   1.8  christos 	 TYPE_CODE_ERROR print things in hex if it knows the size?  */
   1454   1.1  christos       tp = init_integer_type (objfile, gdbarch_int_bit (gdbarch), 0,
   1455   1.1  christos 			      "fixed decimal");
   1456   1.1  christos       break;
   1457   1.1  christos 
   1458   1.1  christos     case btFloatDec:
   1459   1.8  christos       tp = init_type (objfile, TYPE_CODE_ERROR,
   1460   1.1  christos 		      gdbarch_double_bit (gdbarch), "floating decimal");
   1461   1.1  christos       break;
   1462   1.1  christos 
   1463   1.1  christos     case btString:
   1464   1.1  christos       /* Is a "string" the way btString means it the same as TYPE_CODE_STRING?
   1465   1.1  christos 	 FIXME.  */
   1466   1.1  christos       tp = init_type (objfile, TYPE_CODE_STRING, TARGET_CHAR_BIT, "string");
   1467   1.7  christos       break;
   1468   1.1  christos 
   1469   1.1  christos     case btVoid:
   1470   1.1  christos       tp = objfile_type (objfile)->builtin_void;
   1471   1.7  christos       break;
   1472   1.1  christos 
   1473   1.1  christos     case btLong64:
   1474   1.1  christos       tp = init_integer_type (objfile, 64, 0, "long");
   1475   1.7  christos       break;
   1476   1.1  christos 
   1477   1.1  christos     case btULong64:
   1478   1.1  christos       tp = init_integer_type (objfile, 64, 1, "unsigned long");
   1479   1.7  christos       break;
   1480   1.1  christos 
   1481   1.1  christos     case btLongLong64:
   1482   1.1  christos       tp = init_integer_type (objfile, 64, 0, "long long");
   1483   1.7  christos       break;
   1484   1.7  christos 
   1485   1.1  christos     case btULongLong64:
   1486   1.1  christos       tp = init_integer_type (objfile, 64, 1, "unsigned long long");
   1487   1.1  christos       break;
   1488   1.7  christos 
   1489   1.1  christos     case btAdr64:
   1490   1.1  christos       tp = init_pointer_type (objfile, 64, "adr_64",
   1491   1.1  christos 			      objfile_type (objfile)->builtin_void);
   1492   1.7  christos       break;
   1493   1.1  christos 
   1494   1.1  christos     case btInt64:
   1495   1.1  christos       tp = init_integer_type (objfile, 64, 0, "int");
   1496   1.1  christos       break;
   1497   1.1  christos 
   1498   1.1  christos     case btUInt64:
   1499   1.1  christos       tp = init_integer_type (objfile, 64, 1, "unsigned int");
   1500   1.1  christos       break;
   1501   1.1  christos 
   1502   1.1  christos     default:
   1503   1.1  christos       tp = NULL;
   1504   1.1  christos       break;
   1505   1.1  christos     }
   1506   1.1  christos 
   1507   1.1  christos   map_bt[bt] = tp;
   1508   1.1  christos   return tp;
   1509   1.1  christos }
   1510   1.1  christos 
   1511   1.7  christos /* Parse the type information provided in the raw AX entries for
   1512   1.1  christos    the symbol SH.  Return the bitfield size in BS, in case.
   1513   1.1  christos    We must byte-swap the AX entries before we use them; BIGEND says whether
   1514   1.1  christos    they are big-endian or little-endian (from fh->fBigendian).  */
   1515   1.1  christos 
   1516   1.1  christos static struct type *
   1517   1.1  christos parse_type (int fd, union aux_ext *ax, unsigned int aux_index, int *bs,
   1518   1.1  christos 	    int bigend, const char *sym_name)
   1519   1.1  christos {
   1520   1.1  christos   TIR t[1];
   1521   1.1  christos   struct type *tp = 0;
   1522   1.1  christos   enum type_code type_code = TYPE_CODE_UNDEF;
   1523   1.1  christos 
   1524   1.1  christos   /* Handle undefined types, they have indexNil.  */
   1525   1.1  christos   if (aux_index == indexNil)
   1526   1.1  christos     return basic_type (btInt, mdebugread_objfile);
   1527   1.1  christos 
   1528   1.1  christos   /* Handle corrupt aux indices.  */
   1529   1.1  christos   if (aux_index >= (debug_info->fdr + fd)->caux)
   1530   1.1  christos     {
   1531   1.1  christos       index_complaint (sym_name);
   1532   1.1  christos       return basic_type (btInt, mdebugread_objfile);
   1533   1.1  christos     }
   1534   1.1  christos   ax += aux_index;
   1535   1.1  christos 
   1536   1.1  christos   /* Use aux as a type information record, map its basic type.  */
   1537   1.1  christos   (*debug_swap->swap_tir_in) (bigend, &ax->a_ti, t);
   1538   1.1  christos   tp = basic_type (t->bt, mdebugread_objfile);
   1539   1.1  christos   if (tp == NULL)
   1540   1.1  christos     {
   1541   1.1  christos       /* Cannot use builtin types -- build our own.  */
   1542   1.1  christos       switch (t->bt)
   1543   1.1  christos 	{
   1544   1.1  christos 	case btStruct:
   1545   1.1  christos 	  type_code = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
   1546   1.1  christos 	  break;
   1547   1.1  christos 	case btUnion:
   1548   1.1  christos 	  type_code = TYPE_CODE_UNION;
   1549   1.1  christos 	  break;
   1550   1.1  christos 	case btEnum:
   1551   1.1  christos 	  type_code = TYPE_CODE_ENUM;
   1552   1.1  christos 	  break;
   1553   1.1  christos 	case btRange:
   1554   1.1  christos 	  type_code = TYPE_CODE_RANGE;
   1555   1.1  christos 	  break;
   1556   1.1  christos 	case btSet:
   1557   1.1  christos 	  type_code = TYPE_CODE_SET;
   1558   1.1  christos 	  break;
   1559   1.1  christos 	case btIndirect:
   1560   1.1  christos 	  /* alpha cc -migrate uses this for typedefs.  The true type will
   1561   1.1  christos 	     be obtained by crossreferencing below.  */
   1562   1.1  christos 	  type_code = TYPE_CODE_ERROR;
   1563   1.1  christos 	  break;
   1564   1.1  christos 	case btTypedef:
   1565   1.1  christos 	  /* alpha cc uses this for typedefs.  The true type will be
   1566   1.1  christos 	     obtained by crossreferencing below.  */
   1567   1.1  christos 	  type_code = TYPE_CODE_ERROR;
   1568   1.1  christos 	  break;
   1569   1.1  christos 	default:
   1570   1.1  christos 	  basic_type_complaint (t->bt, sym_name);
   1571   1.1  christos 	  return basic_type (btInt, mdebugread_objfile);
   1572   1.1  christos 	}
   1573   1.1  christos     }
   1574   1.1  christos 
   1575   1.1  christos   /* Move on to next aux.  */
   1576   1.9  christos   ax++;
   1577   1.1  christos 
   1578   1.1  christos   if (t->fBitfield)
   1579   1.1  christos     {
   1580   1.1  christos       int width = AUX_GET_WIDTH (bigend, ax);
   1581   1.1  christos 
   1582   1.1  christos       /* Inhibit core dumps if TIR is corrupted.  */
   1583   1.1  christos       if (bs == NULL)
   1584   1.1  christos 	{
   1585   1.1  christos 	  /* Alpha cc -migrate encodes char and unsigned char types
   1586   1.1  christos 	     as short and unsigned short types with a field width of 8.
   1587   1.1  christos 	     Enum types also have a field width which we ignore for now.  */
   1588   1.8  christos 	  if (t->bt == btShort && width == 8)
   1589   1.1  christos 	    tp = basic_type (btChar, mdebugread_objfile);
   1590   1.1  christos 	  else if (t->bt == btUShort && width == 8)
   1591   1.1  christos 	    tp = basic_type (btUChar, mdebugread_objfile);
   1592   1.1  christos 	  else if (t->bt == btEnum)
   1593   1.1  christos 	    ;
   1594   1.1  christos 	  else
   1595   1.1  christos 	    complaint (_("can't handle TIR fBitfield for %s"),
   1596   1.1  christos 		       sym_name);
   1597   1.1  christos 	}
   1598   1.1  christos       else
   1599   1.1  christos 	*bs = width;
   1600   1.1  christos       ax++;
   1601   1.1  christos     }
   1602   1.1  christos 
   1603   1.1  christos   /* A btIndirect entry cross references to an aux entry containing
   1604   1.1  christos      the type.  */
   1605   1.1  christos   if (t->bt == btIndirect)
   1606   1.1  christos     {
   1607   1.1  christos       RNDXR rn[1];
   1608   1.1  christos       int rf;
   1609   1.1  christos       FDR *xref_fh;
   1610   1.1  christos       int xref_fd;
   1611   1.1  christos 
   1612   1.1  christos       (*debug_swap->swap_rndx_in) (bigend, &ax->a_rndx, rn);
   1613   1.1  christos       ax++;
   1614   1.1  christos       if (rn->rfd == 0xfff)
   1615   1.1  christos 	{
   1616   1.1  christos 	  rf = AUX_GET_ISYM (bigend, ax);
   1617   1.8  christos 	  ax++;
   1618   1.1  christos 	}
   1619   1.1  christos       else
   1620   1.1  christos 	rf = rn->rfd;
   1621   1.1  christos 
   1622   1.1  christos       if (rf == -1)
   1623   1.9  christos 	{
   1624   1.1  christos 	  complaint (_("unable to cross ref btIndirect for %s"), sym_name);
   1625   1.1  christos 	  return basic_type (btInt, mdebugread_objfile);
   1626   1.1  christos 	}
   1627   1.1  christos       xref_fh = get_rfd (fd, rf);
   1628   1.1  christos       xref_fd = xref_fh - debug_info->fdr;
   1629   1.1  christos       tp = parse_type (xref_fd, debug_info->external_aux + xref_fh->iauxBase,
   1630   1.1  christos 		    rn->index, NULL, xref_fh->fBigendian, sym_name);
   1631   1.1  christos     }
   1632   1.1  christos 
   1633   1.1  christos   /* All these types really point to some (common) MIPS type
   1634   1.1  christos      definition, and only the type-qualifiers fully identify
   1635   1.1  christos      them.  We'll make the same effort at sharing.  */
   1636   1.1  christos   if (t->bt == btStruct ||
   1637   1.7  christos       t->bt == btUnion ||
   1638   1.1  christos       t->bt == btEnum ||
   1639   1.1  christos 
   1640   1.1  christos   /* btSet (I think) implies that the name is a tag name, not a typedef
   1641   1.9  christos      name.  This apparently is a MIPS extension for C sets.  */
   1642   1.7  christos       t->bt == btSet)
   1643   1.1  christos     {
   1644   1.1  christos       const char *name;
   1645  1.10  christos 
   1646   1.9  christos       /* Try to cross reference this type, build new type on failure.  */
   1647   1.9  christos       ax += cross_ref (fd, ax, &tp, type_code, &name, bigend, sym_name);
   1648  1.10  christos       if (tp == NULL)
   1649   1.1  christos 	tp = init_type (mdebugread_objfile, type_code, 0, NULL);
   1650   1.1  christos 
   1651  1.10  christos       /* DEC c89 produces cross references to qualified aggregate types,
   1652  1.10  christos 	 dereference them.  */
   1653   1.9  christos       while (tp->code () == TYPE_CODE_PTR
   1654   1.9  christos 	     || tp->code () == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
   1655   1.9  christos 	tp = tp->target_type ();
   1656   1.1  christos 
   1657   1.1  christos       /* Make sure that TYPE_CODE(tp) has an expected type code.
   1658   1.1  christos 	 Any type may be returned from cross_ref if file indirect entries
   1659   1.1  christos 	 are corrupted.  */
   1660   1.1  christos       if (tp->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
   1661   1.1  christos 	  && tp->code () != TYPE_CODE_UNION
   1662   1.1  christos 	  && tp->code () != TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
   1663   1.1  christos 	{
   1664   1.1  christos 	  unexpected_type_code_complaint (sym_name);
   1665   1.9  christos 	}
   1666   1.1  christos       else
   1667   1.9  christos 	{
   1668   1.1  christos 	  /* Usually, TYPE_CODE(tp) is already type_code.  The main
   1669   1.1  christos 	     exception is if we guessed wrong re struct/union/enum.
   1670   1.1  christos 	     But for struct vs. union a wrong guess is harmless, so
   1671   1.1  christos 	     don't complain().  */
   1672   1.1  christos 	  if ((tp->code () == TYPE_CODE_ENUM
   1673   1.9  christos 	       && type_code != TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
   1674   1.1  christos 	      || (tp->code () != TYPE_CODE_ENUM
   1675   1.9  christos 		  && type_code == TYPE_CODE_ENUM))
   1676   1.1  christos 	    {
   1677   1.1  christos 	      bad_tag_guess_complaint (sym_name);
   1678   1.1  christos 	    }
   1679   1.1  christos 
   1680   1.1  christos 	  if (tp->code () != type_code)
   1681   1.9  christos 	    {
   1682   1.9  christos 	      tp->set_code (type_code);
   1683   1.9  christos 	    }
   1684   1.9  christos 
   1685   1.9  christos 	  /* Do not set the tag name if it is a compiler generated tag name
   1686   1.1  christos 	     (.Fxx or .xxfake or empty) for unnamed struct/union/enums.  */
   1687   1.1  christos 	  if (name[0] == '.' || name[0] == '\0')
   1688   1.1  christos 	    tp->set_name (NULL);
   1689   1.1  christos 	  else if (tp->name () == NULL
   1690   1.1  christos 		   || strcmp (tp->name (), name) != 0)
   1691   1.1  christos 	    tp->set_name (obstack_strdup (&mdebugread_objfile->objfile_obstack,
   1692   1.1  christos 					  name));
   1693   1.1  christos 	}
   1694   1.1  christos     }
   1695   1.7  christos 
   1696   1.1  christos   /* All these types really point to some (common) MIPS type
   1697   1.1  christos      definition, and only the type-qualifiers fully identify
   1698   1.1  christos      them.  We'll make the same effort at sharing.
   1699   1.9  christos      FIXME: We are not doing any guessing on range types.  */
   1700   1.7  christos   if (t->bt == btRange)
   1701   1.1  christos     {
   1702   1.1  christos       const char *name;
   1703  1.10  christos 
   1704  1.10  christos       /* Try to cross reference this type, build new type on failure.  */
   1705   1.9  christos       ax += cross_ref (fd, ax, &tp, type_code, &name, bigend, sym_name);
   1706   1.1  christos       if (tp == NULL)
   1707   1.1  christos 	tp = init_type (mdebugread_objfile, type_code, 0, NULL);
   1708   1.1  christos 
   1709   1.1  christos       /* Make sure that TYPE_CODE(tp) has an expected type code.
   1710   1.1  christos 	 Any type may be returned from cross_ref if file indirect entries
   1711   1.1  christos 	 are corrupted.  */
   1712   1.1  christos       if (tp->code () != TYPE_CODE_RANGE)
   1713   1.9  christos 	{
   1714   1.1  christos 	  unexpected_type_code_complaint (sym_name);
   1715   1.1  christos 	}
   1716   1.9  christos       else
   1717   1.1  christos 	{
   1718   1.9  christos 	  /* Usually, TYPE_CODE(tp) is already type_code.  The main
   1719   1.9  christos 	     exception is if we guessed wrong re struct/union/enum.  */
   1720   1.9  christos 	  if (tp->code () != type_code)
   1721   1.9  christos 	    {
   1722   1.1  christos 	      bad_tag_guess_complaint (sym_name);
   1723   1.1  christos 	      tp->set_code (type_code);
   1724   1.1  christos 	    }
   1725   1.1  christos 	  if (tp->name () == NULL
   1726   1.7  christos 	      || strcmp (tp->name (), name) != 0)
   1727   1.1  christos 	    tp->set_name (obstack_strdup (&mdebugread_objfile->objfile_obstack,
   1728   1.1  christos 					  name));
   1729   1.1  christos 	}
   1730   1.9  christos     }
   1731   1.1  christos   if (t->bt == btTypedef)
   1732   1.8  christos     {
   1733   1.1  christos       const char *name;
   1734   1.1  christos 
   1735   1.1  christos       /* Try to cross reference this type, it should succeed.  */
   1736   1.1  christos       ax += cross_ref (fd, ax, &tp, type_code, &name, bigend, sym_name);
   1737   1.1  christos       if (tp == NULL)
   1738   1.1  christos 	{
   1739   1.1  christos 	  complaint (_("unable to cross ref btTypedef for %s"), sym_name);
   1740   1.9  christos 	  tp = basic_type (btInt, mdebugread_objfile);
   1741   1.9  christos 	}
   1742   1.9  christos     }
   1743   1.9  christos 
   1744   1.1  christos   /* Deal with range types.  */
   1745   1.9  christos   if (t->bt == btRange)
   1746   1.1  christos     {
   1747   1.1  christos       tp->set_num_fields (0);
   1748   1.1  christos       tp->set_bounds (((struct range_bounds *)
   1749   1.1  christos 			TYPE_ZALLOC (tp, sizeof (struct range_bounds))));
   1750   1.1  christos       tp->bounds ()->low.set_const_val (AUX_GET_DNLOW (bigend, ax));
   1751   1.1  christos       ax++;
   1752   1.1  christos       tp->bounds ()->high.set_const_val (AUX_GET_DNHIGH (bigend, ax));
   1753   1.1  christos       ax++;
   1754   1.1  christos     }
   1755   1.1  christos 
   1756   1.1  christos   /* Parse all the type qualifiers now.  If there are more
   1757   1.1  christos      than 6 the game will continue in the next aux.  */
   1758   1.1  christos 
   1759   1.1  christos   while (1)
   1760   1.1  christos     {
   1761   1.1  christos #define PARSE_TQ(tq) \
   1762   1.1  christos       if (t->tq != tqNil) \
   1763   1.1  christos 	ax += upgrade_type(fd, &tp, t->tq, ax, bigend, sym_name); \
   1764   1.1  christos       else \
   1765   1.1  christos 	break;
   1766   1.1  christos 
   1767   1.1  christos       PARSE_TQ (tq0);
   1768   1.1  christos       PARSE_TQ (tq1);
   1769   1.1  christos       PARSE_TQ (tq2);
   1770   1.1  christos       PARSE_TQ (tq3);
   1771   1.1  christos       PARSE_TQ (tq4);
   1772   1.1  christos       PARSE_TQ (tq5);
   1773   1.1  christos #undef	PARSE_TQ
   1774   1.1  christos 
   1775   1.1  christos       /* mips cc 2.x and gcc never put out continued aux entries.  */
   1776   1.1  christos       if (!t->continued)
   1777   1.1  christos 	break;
   1778   1.8  christos 
   1779   1.1  christos       (*debug_swap->swap_tir_in) (bigend, &ax->a_ti, t);
   1780   1.1  christos       ax++;
   1781   1.1  christos     }
   1782   1.1  christos 
   1783   1.1  christos   /* Complain for illegal continuations due to corrupt aux entries.  */
   1784   1.1  christos   if (t->continued)
   1785   1.1  christos     complaint (_("illegal TIR continued for %s"), sym_name);
   1786   1.1  christos 
   1787   1.1  christos   return tp;
   1788   1.1  christos }
   1789   1.1  christos 
   1790   1.1  christos /* Make up a complex type from a basic one.  Type is passed by
   1791   1.1  christos    reference in TPP and side-effected as necessary.  The type
   1792   1.7  christos    qualifier TQ says how to handle the aux symbols at AX for
   1793   1.1  christos    the symbol SX we are currently analyzing.  BIGEND says whether
   1794   1.1  christos    aux symbols are big-endian or little-endian.
   1795   1.1  christos    Returns the number of aux symbols we parsed.  */
   1796   1.1  christos 
   1797   1.1  christos static int
   1798   1.1  christos upgrade_type (int fd, struct type **tpp, int tq, union aux_ext *ax, int bigend,
   1799   1.1  christos 	      const char *sym_name)
   1800   1.1  christos {
   1801   1.1  christos   int off;
   1802   1.1  christos   struct type *t;
   1803   1.1  christos 
   1804   1.1  christos   /* Used in array processing.  */
   1805   1.1  christos   int rf, id;
   1806   1.1  christos   FDR *fh;
   1807   1.1  christos   struct type *range;
   1808   1.1  christos   struct type *indx;
   1809   1.1  christos   int lower, upper;
   1810   1.1  christos   RNDXR rndx;
   1811   1.1  christos 
   1812   1.1  christos   switch (tq)
   1813   1.1  christos     {
   1814   1.1  christos     case tqPtr:
   1815   1.1  christos       t = lookup_pointer_type (*tpp);
   1816   1.1  christos       *tpp = t;
   1817   1.1  christos       return 0;
   1818   1.1  christos 
   1819   1.1  christos     case tqProc:
   1820   1.1  christos       t = lookup_function_type (*tpp);
   1821   1.1  christos       *tpp = t;
   1822   1.1  christos       return 0;
   1823   1.1  christos 
   1824   1.1  christos     case tqArray:
   1825   1.1  christos       off = 0;
   1826   1.1  christos 
   1827   1.1  christos       /* Determine and record the domain type (type of index).  */
   1828   1.1  christos       (*debug_swap->swap_rndx_in) (bigend, &ax->a_rndx, &rndx);
   1829   1.1  christos       id = rndx.index;
   1830   1.1  christos       rf = rndx.rfd;
   1831   1.1  christos       if (rf == 0xfff)
   1832   1.1  christos 	{
   1833   1.1  christos 	  ax++;
   1834   1.9  christos 	  rf = AUX_GET_ISYM (bigend, ax);
   1835   1.1  christos 	  off++;
   1836   1.1  christos 	}
   1837  1.10  christos       fh = get_rfd (fd, rf);
   1838   1.9  christos 
   1839   1.1  christos       indx = parse_type (fh - debug_info->fdr,
   1840   1.8  christos 			 debug_info->external_aux + fh->iauxBase,
   1841   1.1  christos 			 id, NULL, bigend, sym_name);
   1842   1.1  christos 
   1843   1.1  christos       /* The bounds type should be an integer type, but might be anything
   1844   1.1  christos 	 else due to corrupt aux entries.  */
   1845   1.1  christos       if (indx->code () != TYPE_CODE_INT)
   1846   1.1  christos 	{
   1847   1.1  christos 	  complaint (_("illegal array index type for %s, assuming int"),
   1848   1.1  christos 		     sym_name);
   1849   1.1  christos 	  indx = objfile_type (mdebugread_objfile)->builtin_int;
   1850   1.1  christos 	}
   1851   1.1  christos 
   1852   1.1  christos       /* Get the bounds, and create the array type.  */
   1853   1.9  christos       ax++;
   1854   1.1  christos       lower = AUX_GET_DNLOW (bigend, ax);
   1855   1.9  christos       ax++;
   1856   1.1  christos       upper = AUX_GET_DNHIGH (bigend, ax);
   1857   1.1  christos       ax++;
   1858  1.10  christos       rf = AUX_GET_WIDTH (bigend, ax);	/* bit size of array element */
   1859  1.10  christos 
   1860  1.10  christos       range = create_static_range_type (NULL, indx, lower, upper);
   1861  1.10  christos 
   1862  1.10  christos       t = create_array_type (NULL, *tpp, range);
   1863  1.10  christos 
   1864  1.10  christos       /* We used to fill in the supplied array element bitsize
   1865  1.10  christos 	 here if the TYPE_LENGTH of the target type was zero.
   1866  1.10  christos 	 This happens for a `pointer to an array of anonymous structs',
   1867  1.10  christos 	 but in this case the array element bitsize is also zero,
   1868  1.10  christos 	 so nothing is gained.
   1869  1.10  christos 	 And we used to check the TYPE_LENGTH of the target type against
   1870   1.1  christos 	 the supplied array element bitsize.
   1871   1.1  christos 	 gcc causes a mismatch for `pointer to array of object',
   1872  1.10  christos 	 since the sdb directives it uses do not have a way of
   1873  1.10  christos 	 specifying the bitsize, but it does no harm (the
   1874   1.1  christos 	 TYPE_LENGTH should be correct) and we should be able to
   1875   1.1  christos 	 ignore the erroneous bitsize from the auxiliary entry safely.
   1876   1.1  christos 	 dbx seems to ignore it too.  */
   1877   1.1  christos 
   1878   1.1  christos       /* TYPE_TARGET_STUB now takes care of the zero TYPE_LENGTH problem.  */
   1879   1.1  christos       if ((*tpp)->length () == 0)
   1880   1.1  christos 	t->set_target_is_stub (true);
   1881   1.1  christos 
   1882   1.1  christos       *tpp = t;
   1883   1.1  christos       return 4 + off;
   1884   1.1  christos 
   1885   1.1  christos     case tqVol:
   1886   1.1  christos       /* Volatile -- currently ignored */
   1887   1.8  christos       return 0;
   1888   1.1  christos 
   1889   1.1  christos     case tqConst:
   1890   1.1  christos       /* Const -- currently ignored */
   1891   1.1  christos       return 0;
   1892   1.1  christos 
   1893   1.1  christos     default:
   1894   1.1  christos       complaint (_("unknown type qualifier 0x%x"), tq);
   1895   1.1  christos       return 0;
   1896   1.1  christos     }
   1897   1.1  christos }
   1898   1.1  christos 
   1899   1.1  christos 
   1900   1.1  christos /* Parse a procedure descriptor record PR.  Note that the procedure is
   1901   1.1  christos    parsed _after_ the local symbols, now we just insert the extra
   1902   1.1  christos    information we need into a MDEBUG_EFI_SYMBOL_NAME symbol that has
   1903   1.1  christos    already been placed in the procedure's main block.  Note also that
   1904   1.1  christos    images that have been partially stripped (ld -x) have been deprived
   1905   1.3  christos    of local symbols, and we have to cope with them here.  FIRST_OFF is
   1906   1.9  christos    the offset of the first procedure for this FDR; we adjust the
   1907   1.1  christos    address by this amount, but I don't know why.  SEARCH_SYMTAB is the symtab
   1908   1.1  christos    to look for the function which contains the MDEBUG_EFI_SYMBOL_NAME symbol
   1909   1.3  christos    in question, or NULL to use top_stack->cur_block.  */
   1910   1.1  christos 
   1911   1.1  christos static void
   1912   1.1  christos parse_procedure (PDR *pr, struct compunit_symtab *search_symtab,
   1913   1.1  christos 		 legacy_psymtab *pst)
   1914   1.1  christos {
   1915   1.1  christos   struct symbol *s, *i;
   1916   1.1  christos   const struct block *b;
   1917   1.1  christos   char *sh_name;
   1918   1.1  christos 
   1919   1.8  christos   /* Simple rule to find files linked "-x".  */
   1920   1.1  christos   if (cur_fdr->rss == -1)
   1921   1.1  christos     {
   1922   1.1  christos       if (pr->isym == -1)
   1923   1.1  christos 	{
   1924   1.1  christos 	  /* Static procedure at address pr->adr.  Sigh.  */
   1925   1.1  christos 	  /* FIXME-32x64.  assuming pr->adr fits in long.  */
   1926   1.1  christos 	  complaint (_("can't handle PDR for static proc at 0x%lx"),
   1927   1.1  christos 		     (unsigned long) pr->adr);
   1928   1.1  christos 	  return;
   1929   1.1  christos 	}
   1930   1.1  christos       else
   1931   1.1  christos 	{
   1932   1.1  christos 	  /* external */
   1933   1.1  christos 	  EXTR she;
   1934   1.1  christos 
   1935   1.1  christos 	  (*debug_swap->swap_ext_in) (cur_bfd,
   1936   1.1  christos 				      ((char *) debug_info->external_ext
   1937   1.1  christos 				       + (pr->isym
   1938   1.1  christos 					  * debug_swap->external_ext_size)),
   1939   1.1  christos 				      &she);
   1940   1.1  christos 	  sh_name = debug_info->ssext + she.asym.iss;
   1941   1.1  christos 	}
   1942   1.1  christos     }
   1943   1.1  christos   else
   1944   1.1  christos     {
   1945   1.1  christos       /* Full symbols */
   1946   1.1  christos       SYMR sh;
   1947   1.1  christos 
   1948   1.1  christos       (*debug_swap->swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
   1949   1.1  christos 				  ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
   1950   1.1  christos 				   + ((cur_fdr->isymBase + pr->isym)
   1951   1.1  christos 				      * debug_swap->external_sym_size)),
   1952   1.1  christos 				  &sh);
   1953  1.10  christos       sh_name = debug_info->ss + cur_fdr->issBase + sh.iss;
   1954  1.10  christos     }
   1955   1.1  christos 
   1956  1.10  christos   if (search_symtab != NULL)
   1957  1.10  christos     {
   1958  1.10  christos #if 0
   1959   1.1  christos       /* This loses both in the case mentioned (want a static, find a global),
   1960   1.1  christos 	 but also if we are looking up a non-mangled name which happens to
   1961   1.1  christos 	 match the name of a mangled function.  */
   1962   1.1  christos       /* We have to save the cur_fdr across the call to lookup_symbol.
   1963   1.1  christos 	 If the pdr is for a static function and if a global function with
   1964   1.1  christos 	 the same name exists, lookup_symbol will eventually read in the symtab
   1965   1.1  christos 	 for the global function and clobber cur_fdr.  */
   1966  1.10  christos       FDR *save_cur_fdr = cur_fdr;
   1967   1.1  christos 
   1968   1.1  christos       s = lookup_symbol (sh_name, NULL, VAR_DOMAIN, 0);
   1969   1.1  christos       cur_fdr = save_cur_fdr;
   1970   1.1  christos #else
   1971   1.1  christos       s = mylookup_symbol
   1972   1.1  christos 	(sh_name,
   1973   1.1  christos 	 search_symtab->blockvector ()->static_block (),
   1974   1.1  christos 	 VAR_DOMAIN,
   1975   1.1  christos 	 LOC_BLOCK);
   1976   1.1  christos #endif
   1977  1.10  christos     }
   1978   1.1  christos   else
   1979   1.1  christos     s = mylookup_symbol (sh_name, top_stack->cur_block,
   1980   1.1  christos 			 VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_BLOCK);
   1981   1.8  christos 
   1982   1.1  christos   if (s != 0)
   1983   1.1  christos     {
   1984   1.1  christos       b = s->value_block ();
   1985   1.1  christos     }
   1986   1.1  christos   else
   1987  1.10  christos     {
   1988   1.1  christos       complaint (_("PDR for %s, but no symbol"), sh_name);
   1989   1.9  christos #if 1
   1990  1.10  christos       return;
   1991   1.1  christos #else
   1992   1.1  christos /* FIXME -- delete.  We can't do symbol allocation now; it's all done.  */
   1993   1.1  christos       s = new_symbol (sh_name);
   1994   1.1  christos       s->set_domain (VAR_DOMAIN);
   1995   1.1  christos       SYMBOL_CLASS (s) = LOC_BLOCK;
   1996   1.1  christos       /* Don't know its type, hope int is ok.  */
   1997   1.1  christos       s->type ()
   1998   1.1  christos 	= lookup_function_type (objfile_type (pst->objfile)->builtin_int);
   1999  1.10  christos       add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
   2000   1.1  christos       /* Won't have symbols for this one.  */
   2001   1.1  christos       b = new_block (2);
   2002   1.1  christos       SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (s) = b;
   2003   1.1  christos       BLOCK_FUNCTION (b) = s;
   2004   1.1  christos       BLOCK_START (b) = pr->adr;
   2005   1.1  christos       /* BOUND used to be the end of procedure's text, but the
   2006   1.1  christos 	 argument is no longer passed in.  */
   2007   1.1  christos       BLOCK_END (b) = bound;
   2008   1.1  christos       BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b) = top_stack->cur_block;
   2009   1.1  christos       add_block (b, top_stack->cur_st);
   2010   1.1  christos #endif
   2011   1.1  christos     }
   2012  1.10  christos 
   2013   1.1  christos   i = mylookup_symbol (MDEBUG_EFI_SYMBOL_NAME, b, LABEL_DOMAIN, LOC_CONST);
   2014   1.1  christos 
   2015   1.1  christos   if (i)
   2016  1.10  christos     {
   2017  1.10  christos       struct mdebug_extra_func_info *e;
   2018  1.10  christos 
   2019  1.10  christos       e = (struct mdebug_extra_func_info *) i->value_bytes ();
   2020  1.10  christos       e->pdr = *pr;
   2021  1.10  christos 
   2022  1.10  christos       /* GDB expects the absolute function start address for the
   2023  1.10  christos 	 procedure descriptor in e->pdr.adr.
   2024  1.10  christos 	 As the address in the procedure descriptor is usually relative,
   2025   1.1  christos 	 we would have to relocate e->pdr.adr with cur_fdr->adr.
   2026   1.1  christos 	 Unfortunately cur_fdr->adr and e->pdr.adr are both absolute
   2027   1.1  christos 	 in shared libraries on some systems, and on other systems
   2028   1.1  christos 	 e->pdr.adr is sometimes offset by a bogus value.
   2029   1.1  christos 	 To work around these problems, we replace e->pdr.adr with
   2030   1.1  christos 	 the start address of the function.  */
   2031   1.1  christos       e->pdr.adr = b->start ();
   2032   1.1  christos     }
   2033   1.1  christos 
   2034   1.1  christos   /* It would be reasonable that functions that have been compiled
   2035   1.1  christos      without debugging info have a btNil type for their return value,
   2036   1.1  christos      and functions that are void and are compiled with debugging info
   2037   1.1  christos      have btVoid.
   2038   1.1  christos      gcc and DEC f77 put out btNil types for both cases, so btNil is mapped
   2039   1.1  christos      to TYPE_CODE_VOID in parse_type to get the `compiled with debugging info'
   2040   1.1  christos      case right.
   2041   1.1  christos      The glevel field in cur_fdr could be used to determine the presence
   2042   1.1  christos      of debugging info, but GCC doesn't always pass the -g switch settings
   2043   1.1  christos      to the assembler and GAS doesn't set the glevel field from the -g switch
   2044  1.10  christos      settings.
   2045  1.10  christos      To work around these problems, the return value type of a TYPE_CODE_VOID
   2046   1.1  christos      function is adjusted accordingly if no debugging info was found in the
   2047   1.1  christos      compilation unit.  */
   2048   1.1  christos 
   2049   1.1  christos   if (processing_gcc_compilation == 0
   2050   1.1  christos       && found_ecoff_debugging_info == 0
   2051   1.1  christos       && s->type ()->target_type ()->code () == TYPE_CODE_VOID)
   2052   1.1  christos     s->set_type (objfile_type (mdebugread_objfile)->nodebug_text_symbol);
   2053   1.1  christos }
   2054   1.1  christos 
   2055   1.9  christos /* Parse the external symbol ES.  Just call parse_symbol() after
   2056   1.1  christos    making sure we know where the aux are for it.
   2057   1.1  christos    BIGEND says whether aux entries are big-endian or little-endian.
   2058   1.1  christos 
   2059   1.1  christos    This routine clobbers top_stack->cur_block and ->cur_st.  */
   2060   1.1  christos 
   2061   1.1  christos static void
   2062   1.1  christos parse_external (EXTR *es, int bigend, const section_offsets &section_offsets,
   2063   1.1  christos 		struct objfile *objfile)
   2064   1.1  christos {
   2065   1.1  christos   union aux_ext *ax;
   2066   1.1  christos 
   2067   1.1  christos   if (es->ifd != ifdNil)
   2068   1.1  christos     {
   2069   1.1  christos       cur_fd = es->ifd;
   2070   1.1  christos       cur_fdr = debug_info->fdr + cur_fd;
   2071   1.1  christos       ax = debug_info->external_aux + cur_fdr->iauxBase;
   2072   1.1  christos     }
   2073   1.1  christos   else
   2074   1.1  christos     {
   2075   1.7  christos       cur_fdr = debug_info->fdr;
   2076   1.1  christos       ax = 0;
   2077   1.1  christos     }
   2078   1.1  christos 
   2079   1.1  christos   /* Reading .o files */
   2080   1.1  christos   if (SC_IS_UNDEF (es->asym.sc) || es->asym.sc == scNil)
   2081   1.1  christos     {
   2082   1.1  christos       const char *what;
   2083   1.1  christos       switch (es->asym.st)
   2084   1.1  christos 	{
   2085   1.1  christos 	case stNil:
   2086   1.1  christos 	  /* These are generated for static symbols in .o files,
   2087   1.1  christos 	     ignore them.  */
   2088   1.1  christos 	  return;
   2089   1.1  christos 	case stStaticProc:
   2090   1.1  christos 	case stProc:
   2091   1.1  christos 	  what = "procedure";
   2092   1.1  christos 	  n_undef_procs++;
   2093   1.1  christos 	  break;
   2094   1.1  christos 	case stGlobal:
   2095   1.1  christos 	  what = "variable";
   2096   1.1  christos 	  n_undef_vars++;
   2097   1.1  christos 	  break;
   2098   1.1  christos 	case stLabel:
   2099   1.1  christos 	  what = "label";
   2100   1.1  christos 	  n_undef_labels++;
   2101   1.1  christos 	  break;
   2102  1.10  christos 	default:
   2103  1.10  christos 	  what = "symbol";
   2104  1.10  christos 	  break;
   2105   1.1  christos 	}
   2106   1.1  christos       n_undef_symbols++;
   2107   1.1  christos       /* FIXME:  Turn this into a complaint?  */
   2108   1.1  christos       if (info_verbose)
   2109   1.1  christos 	gdb_printf (_("Warning: %s `%s' is undefined (in %s)\n"),
   2110   1.1  christos 		    what, debug_info->ssext + es->asym.iss,
   2111   1.1  christos 		    fdr_name (cur_fdr));
   2112   1.1  christos       return;
   2113  1.10  christos     }
   2114  1.10  christos 
   2115  1.10  christos   switch (es->asym.st)
   2116  1.10  christos     {
   2117  1.10  christos     case stProc:
   2118  1.10  christos     case stStaticProc:
   2119  1.10  christos       /* There is no need to parse the external procedure symbols.
   2120  1.10  christos 	 If they are from objects compiled without -g, their index will
   2121   1.1  christos 	 be indexNil, and the symbol definition from the minimal symbol
   2122   1.1  christos 	 is preferrable (yielding a function returning int instead of int).
   2123   1.1  christos 	 If the index points to a local procedure symbol, the local
   2124   1.1  christos 	 symbol already provides the correct type.
   2125  1.10  christos 	 Note that the index of the external procedure symbol points
   2126   1.1  christos 	 to the local procedure symbol in the local symbol table, and
   2127   1.1  christos 	 _not_ to the auxiliary symbol info.  */
   2128   1.1  christos       break;
   2129   1.1  christos     case stGlobal:
   2130  1.10  christos     case stLabel:
   2131   1.9  christos       /* Global common symbols are resolved by the runtime loader,
   2132   1.1  christos 	 ignore them.  */
   2133   1.1  christos       if (SC_IS_COMMON (es->asym.sc))
   2134   1.1  christos 	break;
   2135   1.1  christos 
   2136   1.1  christos       /* Note that the case of a symbol with indexNil must be handled
   2137   1.1  christos 	 anyways by parse_symbol().  */
   2138   1.1  christos       parse_symbol (&es->asym, ax, NULL,
   2139   1.1  christos 		    bigend, section_offsets, objfile);
   2140   1.1  christos       break;
   2141   1.1  christos     default:
   2142   1.1  christos       break;
   2143   1.1  christos     }
   2144   1.1  christos }
   2145   1.1  christos 
   2146   1.1  christos /* Parse the line number info for file descriptor FH into
   2147   1.8  christos    GDB's linetable LT.  MIPS' encoding requires a little bit
   2148   1.1  christos    of magic to get things out.  Note also that MIPS' line
   2149   1.1  christos    numbers can go back and forth, apparently we can live
   2150   1.1  christos    with that and do not need to reorder our linetables.  */
   2151   1.1  christos 
   2152   1.1  christos static void
   2153   1.1  christos parse_lines (FDR *fh, PDR *pr, struct linetable *lt, int maxlines,
   2154   1.1  christos 	     CORE_ADDR textlow, CORE_ADDR lowest_pdr_addr)
   2155   1.1  christos {
   2156   1.1  christos   unsigned char *base;
   2157   1.1  christos   int j, k;
   2158   1.1  christos   int delta, count, lineno = 0;
   2159   1.1  christos 
   2160   1.1  christos   if (fh->cbLine == 0)
   2161   1.1  christos     return;
   2162   1.1  christos 
   2163   1.1  christos   /* Scan by procedure descriptors.  */
   2164   1.1  christos   k = 0;
   2165   1.1  christos   for (j = 0; j < fh->cpd; j++, pr++)
   2166   1.1  christos     {
   2167   1.1  christos       CORE_ADDR l;
   2168   1.1  christos       CORE_ADDR adr;
   2169   1.1  christos       unsigned char *halt;
   2170  1.10  christos 
   2171   1.1  christos       /* No code for this one.  */
   2172   1.1  christos       if (pr->iline == ilineNil ||
   2173   1.1  christos 	  pr->lnLow == -1 || pr->lnHigh == -1)
   2174   1.1  christos 	continue;
   2175   1.1  christos 
   2176   1.1  christos       /* Determine start and end address of compressed line bytes for
   2177   1.1  christos 	 this procedure.  */
   2178   1.8  christos       base = debug_info->line + fh->cbLineOffset;
   2179   1.1  christos       if (j != (fh->cpd - 1))
   2180   1.1  christos 	halt = base + pr[1].cbLineOffset;
   2181   1.1  christos       else
   2182   1.1  christos 	halt = base + fh->cbLine;
   2183   1.1  christos       base += pr->cbLineOffset;
   2184   1.1  christos 
   2185   1.1  christos       adr = textlow + pr->adr - lowest_pdr_addr;
   2186   1.1  christos 
   2187   1.1  christos       l = adr >> 2;		/* in words */
   2188   1.1  christos       for (lineno = pr->lnLow; base < halt;)
   2189   1.1  christos 	{
   2190   1.1  christos 	  count = *base & 0x0f;
   2191   1.1  christos 	  delta = *base++ >> 4;
   2192   1.1  christos 	  if (delta >= 8)
   2193   1.1  christos 	    delta -= 16;
   2194   1.1  christos 	  if (delta == -8)
   2195   1.1  christos 	    {
   2196   1.1  christos 	      delta = (base[0] << 8) | base[1];
   2197   1.1  christos 	      if (delta >= 0x8000)
   2198   1.1  christos 		delta -= 0x10000;
   2199   1.1  christos 	      base += 2;
   2200   1.8  christos 	    }
   2201   1.1  christos 	  lineno += delta;	/* first delta is 0 */
   2202   1.1  christos 
   2203   1.1  christos 	  /* Complain if the line table overflows.  Could happen
   2204   1.1  christos 	     with corrupt binaries.  */
   2205   1.1  christos 	  if (lt->nitems >= maxlines)
   2206   1.1  christos 	    {
   2207   1.1  christos 	      complaint (_("guessed size of linetable for %s incorrectly"),
   2208   1.1  christos 			 fdr_name (fh));
   2209   1.1  christos 	      break;
   2210   1.1  christos 	    }
   2211   1.1  christos 	  k = add_line (lt, lineno, l, k);
   2212   1.1  christos 	  l += count + 1;
   2213   1.8  christos 	}
   2214   1.1  christos     }
   2215   1.1  christos }
   2216   1.1  christos 
   2217   1.1  christos static void
   2219   1.1  christos function_outside_compilation_unit_complaint (const char *arg1)
   2220   1.1  christos {
   2221   1.1  christos   complaint (_("function `%s' appears to be defined "
   2222   1.7  christos 	       "outside of all compilation units"),
   2223   1.7  christos 	     arg1);
   2224  1.10  christos }
   2225  1.10  christos 
   2226   1.1  christos /* Use the STORAGE_CLASS to compute which section the given symbol
   2227   1.1  christos    belongs to, and then records this new minimal symbol.  */
   2228   1.1  christos 
   2229   1.1  christos static void
   2230   1.1  christos record_minimal_symbol (minimal_symbol_reader &reader,
   2231   1.1  christos 		       const char *name, const CORE_ADDR address,
   2232  1.10  christos 		       enum minimal_symbol_type ms_type, int storage_class,
   2233  1.10  christos 		       struct objfile *objfile)
   2234   1.1  christos {
   2235  1.10  christos   int section;
   2236  1.10  christos 
   2237   1.1  christos   switch (storage_class)
   2238  1.10  christos     {
   2239  1.10  christos       case scText:
   2240   1.1  christos 	section = SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile);
   2241  1.10  christos 	break;
   2242  1.10  christos       case scData:
   2243   1.1  christos 	section = SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile);
   2244  1.10  christos 	break;
   2245  1.10  christos       case scBss:
   2246   1.1  christos 	section = SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile);
   2247  1.10  christos 	break;
   2248  1.10  christos       case scSData:
   2249   1.1  christos 	section = get_section_index (objfile, ".sdata");
   2250  1.10  christos 	break;
   2251  1.10  christos       case scSBss:
   2252   1.1  christos 	section = get_section_index (objfile, ".sbss");
   2253  1.10  christos 	break;
   2254  1.10  christos       case scRData:
   2255   1.1  christos 	section = get_section_index (objfile, ".rdata");
   2256  1.10  christos 	break;
   2257  1.10  christos       case scInit:
   2258   1.1  christos 	section = get_section_index (objfile, ".init");
   2259  1.10  christos 	break;
   2260  1.10  christos       case scXData:
   2261   1.1  christos 	section = get_section_index (objfile, ".xdata");
   2262  1.10  christos 	break;
   2263  1.10  christos       case scPData:
   2264   1.1  christos 	section = get_section_index (objfile, ".pdata");
   2265   1.1  christos 	break;
   2266  1.10  christos       case scFini:
   2267  1.10  christos 	section = get_section_index (objfile, ".fini");
   2268   1.1  christos 	break;
   2269   1.1  christos       case scRConst:
   2270   1.1  christos 	section = get_section_index (objfile, ".rconst");
   2271  1.10  christos 	break;
   2272  1.10  christos #ifdef scTlsData
   2273   1.1  christos       case scTlsData:
   2274   1.1  christos 	section = get_section_index (objfile, ".tlsdata");
   2275  1.10  christos 	break;
   2276  1.10  christos #endif
   2277   1.1  christos #ifdef scTlsBss
   2278   1.1  christos       case scTlsBss:
   2279   1.7  christos 	section = get_section_index (objfile, ".tlsbss");
   2280   1.1  christos 	break;
   2281   1.1  christos #endif
   2282   1.1  christos       default:
   2283   1.1  christos 	/* This kind of symbol is not associated to a section.  */
   2284   1.1  christos 	section = -1;
   2285   1.1  christos     }
   2286   1.7  christos 
   2287  1.10  christos   reader.record_with_info (name, address, ms_type, section);
   2288   1.7  christos }
   2289   1.1  christos 
   2290   1.9  christos /* Master parsing procedure for first-pass reading of file symbols
   2291   1.1  christos    into a partial_symtab.  */
   2292   1.1  christos 
   2293   1.1  christos static void
   2294   1.1  christos parse_partial_symbols (minimal_symbol_reader &reader,
   2295   1.1  christos 		       psymtab_storage *partial_symtabs,
   2296   1.1  christos 		       struct objfile *objfile)
   2297   1.1  christos {
   2298   1.1  christos   struct gdbarch *gdbarch = objfile->arch ();
   2299   1.1  christos   const bfd_size_type external_sym_size = debug_swap->external_sym_size;
   2300   1.1  christos   const bfd_size_type external_rfd_size = debug_swap->external_rfd_size;
   2301   1.1  christos   const bfd_size_type external_ext_size = debug_swap->external_ext_size;
   2302   1.1  christos   void (*const swap_ext_in) (bfd *, void *, EXTR *) = debug_swap->swap_ext_in;
   2303   1.1  christos   void (*const swap_sym_in) (bfd *, void *, SYMR *) = debug_swap->swap_sym_in;
   2304   1.1  christos   void (*const swap_rfd_in) (bfd *, void *, RFDT *) = debug_swap->swap_rfd_in;
   2305   1.1  christos   int f_idx, s_idx;
   2306   1.9  christos   HDRR *hdr = &debug_info->symbolic_header;
   2307   1.1  christos   /* Running pointers */
   2308   1.1  christos   FDR *fh;
   2309   1.1  christos   char *ext_out;
   2310   1.1  christos   char *ext_out_end;
   2311   1.1  christos   EXTR *ext_in;
   2312   1.1  christos   EXTR *ext_in_end;
   2313   1.1  christos   SYMR sh;
   2314   1.1  christos   legacy_psymtab *pst;
   2315   1.1  christos   int textlow_not_set = 1;
   2316   1.9  christos 
   2317   1.1  christos   /* List of current psymtab's include files.  */
   2318   1.1  christos   const char **psymtab_include_list;
   2319   1.1  christos   int includes_allocated;
   2320   1.1  christos   int includes_used;
   2321   1.1  christos   EXTR *extern_tab;
   2322   1.1  christos   struct pst_map *fdr_to_pst;
   2323   1.1  christos   /* Index within current psymtab dependency list.  */
   2324   1.1  christos   legacy_psymtab **dependency_list;
   2325   1.1  christos   int dependencies_used, dependencies_allocated;
   2326   1.1  christos   char *name;
   2327   1.1  christos   enum language prev_language;
   2328   1.1  christos   asection *text_sect;
   2329   1.1  christos   int relocatable = 0;
   2330   1.1  christos 
   2331   1.9  christos   /* Irix 5.2 shared libraries have a fh->adr field of zero, but
   2332   1.1  christos      the shared libraries are prelinked at a high memory address.
   2333   1.1  christos      We have to adjust the start address of the object file for this case,
   2334   1.8  christos      by setting it to the start address of the first procedure in the file.
   2335   1.1  christos      But we should do no adjustments if we are debugging a .o file, where
   2336   1.1  christos      the text section (and fh->adr) really starts at zero.  */
   2337   1.1  christos   text_sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (cur_bfd, ".text");
   2338   1.1  christos   if (text_sect != NULL
   2339   1.1  christos       && (bfd_section_flags (text_sect) & SEC_RELOC))
   2340   1.1  christos     relocatable = 1;
   2341   1.1  christos 
   2342   1.1  christos   extern_tab = XOBNEWVEC (&objfile->objfile_obstack, EXTR, hdr->iextMax);
   2343   1.1  christos 
   2344   1.1  christos   includes_allocated = 30;
   2345   1.9  christos   includes_used = 0;
   2346   1.9  christos   psymtab_include_list = (const char **) alloca (includes_allocated *
   2347   1.1  christos 						 sizeof (const char *));
   2348   1.1  christos   next_symbol_text_func = mdebug_next_symbol_text;
   2349   1.1  christos 
   2350   1.1  christos   dependencies_allocated = 30;
   2351   1.1  christos   dependencies_used = 0;
   2352   1.1  christos   dependency_list =
   2353   1.1  christos     (legacy_psymtab **) alloca (dependencies_allocated *
   2354   1.1  christos 				sizeof (legacy_psymtab *));
   2355   1.1  christos 
   2356   1.1  christos   set_last_source_file (NULL);
   2357   1.1  christos 
   2358   1.1  christos   /*
   2359   1.1  christos    * Big plan:
   2360   1.1  christos    *
   2361   1.1  christos    * Only parse the Local and External symbols, and the Relative FDR.
   2362   1.1  christos    * Fixup enough of the loader symtab to be able to use it.
   2363   1.1  christos    * Allocate space only for the file's portions we need to
   2364   1.1  christos    * look at.  (XXX)
   2365  1.10  christos    */
   2366   1.8  christos 
   2367   1.1  christos   max_gdbinfo = 0;
   2368   1.1  christos   max_glevel = MIN_GLEVEL;
   2369  1.10  christos 
   2370   1.1  christos   /* Allocate the map FDR -> PST.
   2371   1.8  christos      Minor hack: -O3 images might claim some global data belongs
   2372   1.8  christos      to FDR -1.  We`ll go along with that.  */
   2373   1.1  christos   std::vector<struct pst_map> fdr_to_pst_holder (hdr->ifdMax + 1);
   2374   1.1  christos   fdr_to_pst = fdr_to_pst_holder.data ();
   2375   1.1  christos   fdr_to_pst++;
   2376   1.8  christos   {
   2377   1.8  christos     legacy_psymtab *new_pst = new_psymtab ("", partial_symtabs, objfile);
   2378   1.1  christos 
   2379   1.1  christos     fdr_to_pst[-1].pst = new_pst;
   2380   1.1  christos     FDR_IDX (new_pst) = -1;
   2381   1.1  christos   }
   2382   1.8  christos 
   2383   1.1  christos   /* Allocate the global pending list.  */
   2384   1.1  christos   pending_list = XOBNEWVEC (&objfile->objfile_obstack, mdebug_pending *,
   2385   1.1  christos 			    hdr->ifdMax);
   2386   1.8  christos   memset (pending_list, 0,
   2387   1.1  christos 	  hdr->ifdMax * sizeof (struct mdebug_pending *));
   2388   1.1  christos 
   2389   1.1  christos   /* Pass 0 over external syms: swap them in.  */
   2390   1.1  christos   gdb::def_vector<EXTR> ext_block (hdr->iextMax);
   2391   1.8  christos 
   2392   1.1  christos   ext_out = (char *) debug_info->external_ext;
   2393   1.1  christos   ext_out_end = ext_out + hdr->iextMax * external_ext_size;
   2394   1.1  christos   ext_in = ext_block.data ();
   2395   1.1  christos   for (; ext_out < ext_out_end; ext_out += external_ext_size, ext_in++)
   2396   1.1  christos     (*swap_ext_in) (cur_bfd, ext_out, ext_in);
   2397   1.1  christos 
   2398   1.1  christos   /* Pass 1 over external syms: Presize and partition the list.  */
   2399   1.1  christos   ext_in = ext_block.data ();
   2400   1.1  christos   ext_in_end = ext_in + hdr->iextMax;
   2401   1.1  christos   for (; ext_in < ext_in_end; ext_in++)
   2402   1.1  christos     {
   2403   1.1  christos       /* See calls to complain below.  */
   2404   1.1  christos       if (ext_in->ifd >= -1
   2405   1.1  christos 	  && ext_in->ifd < hdr->ifdMax
   2406   1.1  christos 	  && ext_in->asym.iss >= 0
   2407   1.1  christos 	  && ext_in->asym.iss < hdr->issExtMax)
   2408   1.1  christos 	fdr_to_pst[ext_in->ifd].n_globals++;
   2409   1.1  christos     }
   2410   1.1  christos 
   2411   1.1  christos   /* Pass 1.5 over files:  partition out global symbol space.  */
   2412   1.1  christos   s_idx = 0;
   2413   1.1  christos   for (f_idx = -1; f_idx < hdr->ifdMax; f_idx++)
   2414   1.1  christos     {
   2415   1.1  christos       fdr_to_pst[f_idx].globals_offset = s_idx;
   2416   1.1  christos       s_idx += fdr_to_pst[f_idx].n_globals;
   2417   1.1  christos       fdr_to_pst[f_idx].n_globals = 0;
   2418   1.1  christos     }
   2419   1.1  christos 
   2420   1.1  christos   /* ECOFF in ELF:
   2421   1.1  christos 
   2422   1.1  christos      For ECOFF in ELF, we skip the creation of the minimal symbols.
   2423   1.1  christos      The ECOFF symbols should be a subset of the Elf symbols, and the
   2424   1.1  christos      section information of the elf symbols will be more accurate.
   2425   1.1  christos      FIXME!  What about Irix 5's native linker?
   2426   1.1  christos 
   2427   1.1  christos      By default, Elf sections which don't exist in ECOFF
   2428   1.1  christos      get put in ECOFF's absolute section by the gnu linker.
   2429   1.1  christos      Since absolute sections don't get relocated, we
   2430   1.1  christos      end up calculating an address different from that of
   2431   1.1  christos      the symbol's minimal symbol (created earlier from the
   2432   1.1  christos      Elf symtab).
   2433   1.1  christos 
   2434   1.1  christos      To fix this, either :
   2435   1.9  christos      1) don't create the duplicate symbol
   2436   1.1  christos      (assumes ECOFF symtab is a subset of the ELF symtab;
   2437   1.1  christos      assumes no side-effects result from ignoring ECOFF symbol)
   2438   1.1  christos      2) create it, only if lookup for existing symbol in ELF's minimal
   2439   1.1  christos      symbols fails
   2440   1.1  christos      (inefficient;
   2441   1.1  christos      assumes no side-effects result from ignoring ECOFF symbol)
   2442   1.1  christos      3) create it, but lookup ELF's minimal symbol and use it's section
   2443   1.1  christos      during relocation, then modify "uniquify" phase to merge and
   2444   1.8  christos      eliminate the duplicate symbol
   2445   1.1  christos      (highly inefficient)
   2446   1.1  christos 
   2447   1.1  christos      I've implemented #1 here...
   2448   1.1  christos      Skip the creation of the minimal symbols based on the ECOFF
   2449   1.1  christos      symbol table.  */
   2450   1.1  christos 
   2451   1.1  christos   /* Pass 2 over external syms: fill in external symbols.  */
   2452  1.10  christos   ext_in = ext_block.data ();
   2453   1.1  christos   ext_in_end = ext_in + hdr->iextMax;
   2454   1.1  christos   for (; ext_in < ext_in_end; ext_in++)
   2455   1.8  christos     {
   2456   1.1  christos       enum minimal_symbol_type ms_type = mst_text;
   2457   1.1  christos       CORE_ADDR svalue = ext_in->asym.value;
   2458   1.1  christos 
   2459   1.1  christos       /* The Irix 5 native tools seem to sometimes generate bogus
   2460   1.1  christos 	 external symbols.  */
   2461   1.8  christos       if (ext_in->ifd < -1 || ext_in->ifd >= hdr->ifdMax)
   2462   1.1  christos 	{
   2463   1.1  christos 	  complaint (_("bad ifd for external symbol: %d (max %ld)"),
   2464   1.1  christos 		     ext_in->ifd, hdr->ifdMax);
   2465   1.1  christos 	  continue;
   2466   1.1  christos 	}
   2467   1.1  christos       if (ext_in->asym.iss < 0 || ext_in->asym.iss >= hdr->issExtMax)
   2468   1.1  christos 	{
   2469   1.1  christos 	  complaint (_("bad iss for external symbol: %ld (max %ld)"),
   2470   1.1  christos 		     ext_in->asym.iss, hdr->issExtMax);
   2471   1.1  christos 	  continue;
   2472   1.1  christos 	}
   2473   1.1  christos 
   2474   1.1  christos       extern_tab[fdr_to_pst[ext_in->ifd].globals_offset
   2475   1.1  christos 		 + fdr_to_pst[ext_in->ifd].n_globals++] = *ext_in;
   2476   1.1  christos 
   2477   1.1  christos 
   2478   1.1  christos       if (SC_IS_UNDEF (ext_in->asym.sc) || ext_in->asym.sc == scNil)
   2479   1.1  christos 	continue;
   2480   1.1  christos 
   2481   1.1  christos 
   2482   1.1  christos       /* Pass 3 over files, over local syms: fill in static symbols.  */
   2483   1.1  christos       name = debug_info->ssext + ext_in->asym.iss;
   2484   1.1  christos 
   2485   1.1  christos       /* Process ECOFF Symbol Types and Storage Classes.  */
   2486   1.1  christos       switch (ext_in->asym.st)
   2487   1.1  christos 	{
   2488   1.1  christos 	case stProc:
   2489   1.1  christos 	  /* Beginnning of Procedure */
   2490   1.1  christos 	  break;
   2491   1.1  christos 	case stStaticProc:
   2492  1.10  christos 	  /* Load time only static procs */
   2493   1.1  christos 	  ms_type = mst_file_text;
   2494   1.1  christos 	  break;
   2495   1.1  christos 	case stGlobal:
   2496   1.1  christos 	  /* External symbol */
   2497   1.1  christos 	  if (SC_IS_COMMON (ext_in->asym.sc))
   2498   1.1  christos 	    {
   2499   1.1  christos 	      /* The value of a common symbol is its size, not its address.
   2500   1.1  christos 		 Ignore it.  */
   2501   1.1  christos 	      continue;
   2502   1.1  christos 	    }
   2503  1.10  christos 	  else if (SC_IS_DATA (ext_in->asym.sc))
   2504  1.10  christos 	    {
   2505  1.10  christos 	      ms_type = mst_data;
   2506  1.10  christos 	    }
   2507   1.1  christos 	  else if (SC_IS_BSS (ext_in->asym.sc))
   2508   1.1  christos 	    {
   2509   1.1  christos 	      ms_type = mst_bss;
   2510   1.1  christos 	    }
   2511   1.1  christos 	  else if (SC_IS_SBSS (ext_in->asym.sc))
   2512   1.1  christos 	    {
   2513  1.10  christos 	      ms_type = mst_bss;
   2514  1.10  christos 	    }
   2515  1.10  christos 	  else
   2516  1.10  christos 	    ms_type = mst_abs;
   2517  1.10  christos 	  break;
   2518  1.10  christos 	case stLabel:
   2519  1.10  christos 	  /* Label */
   2520  1.10  christos 
   2521  1.10  christos 	  /* On certain platforms, some extra label symbols can be
   2522  1.10  christos 	     generated by the linker.  One possible usage for this kind
   2523  1.10  christos 	     of symbols is to represent the address of the begining of a
   2524  1.10  christos 	     given section.  For instance, on Tru64 5.1, the address of
   2525  1.10  christos 	     the _ftext label is the start address of the .text section.
   2526  1.10  christos 
   2527  1.10  christos 	     The storage class of these symbols is usually directly
   2528  1.10  christos 	     related to the section to which the symbol refers.  For
   2529  1.10  christos 	     instance, on Tru64 5.1, the storage class for the _fdata
   2530  1.10  christos 	     label is scData, refering to the .data section.
   2531  1.10  christos 
   2532   1.1  christos 	     It is actually possible that the section associated to the
   2533   1.1  christos 	     storage class of the label does not exist.  On True64 5.1
   2534  1.10  christos 	     for instance, the libm.so shared library does not contain
   2535  1.10  christos 	     any .data section, although it contains a _fpdata label
   2536  1.10  christos 	     which storage class is scData...  Since these symbols are
   2537   1.1  christos 	     usually useless for the debugger user anyway, we just
   2538   1.1  christos 	     discard these symbols.  */
   2539   1.1  christos 
   2540   1.1  christos 	  if (SC_IS_TEXT (ext_in->asym.sc))
   2541  1.10  christos 	    {
   2542  1.10  christos 	      if (objfile->sect_index_text == -1)
   2543   1.1  christos 		continue;
   2544   1.1  christos 
   2545   1.1  christos 	      ms_type = mst_file_text;
   2546   1.1  christos 	    }
   2547   1.1  christos 	  else if (SC_IS_DATA (ext_in->asym.sc))
   2548  1.10  christos 	    {
   2549  1.10  christos 	      if (objfile->sect_index_data == -1)
   2550   1.1  christos 		continue;
   2551   1.1  christos 
   2552   1.1  christos 	      ms_type = mst_file_data;
   2553  1.10  christos 	    }
   2554  1.10  christos 	  else if (SC_IS_BSS (ext_in->asym.sc))
   2555  1.10  christos 	    {
   2556   1.1  christos 	      if (objfile->sect_index_bss == -1)
   2557  1.10  christos 		continue;
   2558  1.10  christos 
   2559   1.1  christos 	      ms_type = mst_file_bss;
   2560  1.10  christos 	    }
   2561  1.10  christos 	  else if (SC_IS_SBSS (ext_in->asym.sc))
   2562   1.1  christos 	    {
   2563   1.1  christos 	      const int sbss_sect_index = get_section_index (objfile, ".sbss");
   2564   1.1  christos 
   2565   1.1  christos 	      if (sbss_sect_index == -1)
   2566   1.1  christos 		continue;
   2567   1.1  christos 
   2568   1.1  christos 	      ms_type = mst_file_bss;
   2569   1.1  christos 	    }
   2570   1.1  christos 	  else
   2571   1.1  christos 	    ms_type = mst_abs;
   2572   1.1  christos 	  break;
   2573   1.1  christos 	case stLocal:
   2574   1.1  christos 	case stNil:
   2575   1.1  christos 	  /* The alpha has the section start addresses in stLocal symbols
   2576   1.1  christos 	     whose name starts with a `.'.  Skip those but complain for all
   2577   1.1  christos 	     other stLocal symbols.
   2578   1.1  christos 	     Irix6 puts the section start addresses in stNil symbols, skip
   2579   1.1  christos 	     those too.  */
   2580  1.10  christos 	  if (name[0] == '.')
   2581  1.10  christos 	    continue;
   2582   1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2583   1.1  christos 	default:
   2584   1.1  christos 	  ms_type = mst_unknown;
   2585   1.1  christos 	  unknown_ext_complaint (name);
   2586   1.1  christos 	}
   2587   1.9  christos       if (!ECOFF_IN_ELF (cur_bfd))
   2588   1.1  christos 	record_minimal_symbol (reader, name, svalue, ms_type, ext_in->asym.sc,
   2589   1.1  christos 			       objfile);
   2590   1.1  christos     }
   2591   1.1  christos 
   2592   1.1  christos   /* Pass 3 over files, over local syms: fill in static symbols.  */
   2593   1.1  christos   for (f_idx = 0; f_idx < hdr->ifdMax; f_idx++)
   2594   1.1  christos     {
   2595   1.1  christos       legacy_psymtab *save_pst;
   2596   1.1  christos       EXTR *ext_ptr;
   2597   1.1  christos       CORE_ADDR textlow;
   2598   1.1  christos 
   2599   1.1  christos       cur_fdr = fh = debug_info->fdr + f_idx;
   2600  1.10  christos 
   2601   1.1  christos       if (fh->csym == 0)
   2602   1.8  christos 	{
   2603   1.1  christos 	  fdr_to_pst[f_idx].pst = NULL;
   2604   1.1  christos 	  continue;
   2605  1.10  christos 	}
   2606  1.10  christos 
   2607  1.10  christos       /* Determine the start address for this object file from the
   2608  1.10  christos 	 file header and relocate it, except for Irix 5.2 zero fh->adr.  */
   2609   1.1  christos       if (fh->cpd)
   2610   1.1  christos 	textlow = fh->adr;
   2611   1.1  christos       else
   2612   1.1  christos 	textlow = 0;
   2613   1.1  christos       pst = new legacy_psymtab (fdr_name (fh), partial_symtabs,
   2614   1.1  christos 				objfile->per_bfd, textlow);
   2615   1.1  christos       pst->read_symtab_private = XOBNEW (&objfile->objfile_obstack, md_symloc);
   2616   1.1  christos       memset (pst->read_symtab_private, 0, sizeof (struct md_symloc));
   2617   1.1  christos 
   2618   1.9  christos       save_pst = pst;
   2619   1.9  christos       FDR_IDX (pst) = f_idx;
   2620   1.1  christos       CUR_BFD (pst) = cur_bfd;
   2621   1.1  christos       DEBUG_SWAP (pst) = debug_swap;
   2622  1.10  christos       DEBUG_INFO (pst) = debug_info;
   2623  1.10  christos       PENDING_LIST (pst) = pending_list;
   2624  1.10  christos 
   2625  1.10  christos       /* The way to turn this into a symtab is to call...  */
   2626  1.10  christos       pst->legacy_read_symtab = mdebug_read_symtab;
   2627  1.10  christos       pst->legacy_expand_psymtab = mdebug_expand_psymtab;
   2628  1.10  christos 
   2629  1.10  christos       /* Set up language for the pst.
   2630  1.10  christos 	 The language from the FDR is used if it is unambigious (e.g. cfront
   2631  1.10  christos 	 with native cc and g++ will set the language to C).
   2632   1.1  christos 	 Otherwise we have to deduce the language from the filename.
   2633   1.1  christos 	 Native ecoff has every header file in a separate FDR, so
   2634   1.1  christos 	 deduce_language_from_filename will return language_unknown for
   2635   1.1  christos 	 a header file, which is not what we want.
   2636   1.1  christos 	 But the FDRs for the header files are after the FDR for the source
   2637   1.1  christos 	 file, so we can assign the language of the source file to the
   2638   1.1  christos 	 following header files.  Then we save the language in the private
   2639   1.1  christos 	 pst data so that we can reuse it when building symtabs.  */
   2640   1.1  christos       prev_language = psymtab_language;
   2641   1.1  christos 
   2642   1.1  christos       switch (fh->lang)
   2643   1.1  christos 	{
   2644   1.1  christos 	case langCplusplusV2:
   2645   1.1  christos 	  psymtab_language = language_cplus;
   2646   1.1  christos 	  break;
   2647   1.8  christos 	default:
   2648   1.1  christos 	  psymtab_language = deduce_language_from_filename (fdr_name (fh));
   2649   1.1  christos 	  break;
   2650  1.10  christos 	}
   2651  1.10  christos       if (psymtab_language == language_unknown)
   2652  1.10  christos 	psymtab_language = prev_language;
   2653  1.10  christos       PST_PRIVATE (pst)->pst_language = psymtab_language;
   2654  1.10  christos 
   2655   1.1  christos       pst->set_text_high (pst->raw_text_low ());
   2656   1.1  christos 
   2657   1.1  christos       /* For stabs-in-ecoff files, the second symbol must be @stab.
   2658   1.1  christos 	 This symbol is emitted by mips-tfile to signal that the
   2659   1.1  christos 	 current object file uses encapsulated stabs instead of mips
   2660   1.1  christos 	 ecoff for local symbols.  (It is the second symbol because
   2661   1.1  christos 	 the first symbol is the stFile used to signal the start of a
   2662   1.1  christos 	 file).  */
   2663   1.1  christos       processing_gcc_compilation = 0;
   2664   1.1  christos       if (fh->csym >= 2)
   2665   1.1  christos 	{
   2666   1.1  christos 	  (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
   2667   1.1  christos 			  ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
   2668   1.1  christos 			   + (fh->isymBase + 1) * external_sym_size),
   2669   1.1  christos 			  &sh);
   2670   1.1  christos 	  if (strcmp (debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss,
   2671   1.1  christos 		      stabs_symbol) == 0)
   2672   1.1  christos 	    processing_gcc_compilation = 2;
   2673   1.1  christos 	}
   2674   1.1  christos 
   2675   1.1  christos       if (processing_gcc_compilation != 0)
   2676   1.1  christos 	{
   2677   1.1  christos 	  for (cur_sdx = 2; cur_sdx < fh->csym; cur_sdx++)
   2678   1.1  christos 	    {
   2679   1.1  christos 	      int type_code;
   2680   1.1  christos 	      const char *namestring;
   2681   1.1  christos 
   2682   1.1  christos 	      (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
   2683   1.1  christos 			      (((char *) debug_info->external_sym)
   2684   1.1  christos 			    + (fh->isymBase + cur_sdx) * external_sym_size),
   2685   1.1  christos 			      &sh);
   2686   1.1  christos 	      type_code = ECOFF_UNMARK_STAB (sh.index);
   2687   1.1  christos 	      if (!ECOFF_IS_STAB (&sh))
   2688   1.1  christos 		{
   2689  1.10  christos 		  if (sh.st == stProc || sh.st == stStaticProc)
   2690  1.10  christos 		    {
   2691  1.10  christos 		      CORE_ADDR procaddr;
   2692   1.1  christos 		      long isym;
   2693   1.1  christos 
   2694   1.1  christos 		      if (sh.st == stStaticProc)
   2695   1.1  christos 			{
   2696   1.1  christos 			  namestring = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
   2697   1.1  christos 			  record_minimal_symbol (reader, namestring, sh.value,
   2698   1.1  christos 						 mst_file_text, sh.sc,
   2699   1.1  christos 						 objfile);
   2700   1.1  christos 			}
   2701   1.1  christos 		      procaddr = sh.value;
   2702   1.1  christos 
   2703   1.1  christos 		      isym = AUX_GET_ISYM (fh->fBigendian,
   2704   1.1  christos 					   (debug_info->external_aux
   2705   1.1  christos 					    + fh->iauxBase
   2706   1.1  christos 					    + sh.index));
   2707   1.1  christos 		      (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
   2708   1.1  christos 				      ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
   2709   1.1  christos 				       + ((fh->isymBase + isym - 1)
   2710   1.8  christos 					  * external_sym_size)),
   2711   1.8  christos 				      &sh);
   2712   1.8  christos 		      if (sh.st == stEnd)
   2713   1.8  christos 			{
   2714   1.8  christos 			  CORE_ADDR high = procaddr + sh.value;
   2715   1.1  christos 
   2716   1.1  christos 			  /* Kludge for Irix 5.2 zero fh->adr.  */
   2717   1.1  christos 			  if (!relocatable
   2718   1.1  christos 			      && (!pst->text_low_valid
   2719   1.1  christos 				  || procaddr < pst->raw_text_low ()))
   2720   1.1  christos 			    pst->set_text_low (procaddr);
   2721   1.1  christos 			  if (high > pst->raw_text_high ())
   2722   1.1  christos 			    pst->set_text_high (high);
   2723   1.1  christos 			}
   2724   1.1  christos 		    }
   2725   1.1  christos 		  else if (sh.st == stStatic)
   2726   1.1  christos 		    {
   2727   1.1  christos 		      switch (sh.sc)
   2728   1.1  christos 			{
   2729   1.1  christos 			case scUndefined:
   2730   1.1  christos 			case scSUndefined:
   2731   1.1  christos 			case scNil:
   2732   1.1  christos 			case scAbs:
   2733  1.10  christos 			  break;
   2734  1.10  christos 
   2735  1.10  christos 			case scData:
   2736   1.1  christos 			case scSData:
   2737   1.1  christos 			case scRData:
   2738   1.1  christos 			case scPData:
   2739   1.1  christos 			case scXData:
   2740   1.1  christos 			  namestring = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
   2741   1.1  christos 			  record_minimal_symbol (reader, namestring, sh.value,
   2742  1.10  christos 						 mst_file_data, sh.sc,
   2743  1.10  christos 						 objfile);
   2744  1.10  christos 			  break;
   2745   1.1  christos 
   2746   1.1  christos 			default:
   2747   1.1  christos 			  /* FIXME!  Shouldn't this use cases for bss,
   2748   1.1  christos 			     then have the default be abs?  */
   2749   1.1  christos 			  namestring = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
   2750   1.1  christos 			  record_minimal_symbol (reader, namestring, sh.value,
   2751   1.1  christos 						 mst_file_bss, sh.sc,
   2752   1.1  christos 						 objfile);
   2753   1.8  christos 			  break;
   2754   1.8  christos 			}
   2755   1.8  christos 		    }
   2756   1.1  christos 		  continue;
   2757   1.1  christos 		}
   2758   1.1  christos 	      /* Handle stabs continuation.  */
   2759   1.1  christos 	      {
   2760   1.1  christos 		char *stabstring = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
   2761   1.1  christos 		/* If we need to heap-allocate STABSTRING, this owns
   2762   1.1  christos 		   it.  */
   2763   1.1  christos 		gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> stabstring_storage;
   2764   1.1  christos 		int len = strlen (stabstring);
   2765   1.1  christos 
   2766   1.1  christos 		while (stabstring[len - 1] == '\\')
   2767   1.1  christos 		  {
   2768   1.1  christos 		    SYMR sh2;
   2769   1.1  christos 		    char *stabstring1 = stabstring;
   2770   1.1  christos 		    char *stabstring2;
   2771   1.1  christos 		    int len2;
   2772   1.1  christos 
   2773   1.1  christos 		    /* Ignore continuation char from 1st string.  */
   2774   1.1  christos 		    len--;
   2775   1.1  christos 
   2776   1.1  christos 		    /* Read next stabstring.  */
   2777   1.1  christos 		    cur_sdx++;
   2778   1.8  christos 		    (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
   2779   1.8  christos 				    (((char *) debug_info->external_sym)
   2780   1.8  christos 				     + (fh->isymBase + cur_sdx)
   2781   1.8  christos 				     * external_sym_size),
   2782   1.8  christos 				    &sh2);
   2783   1.8  christos 		    stabstring2 = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh2.iss;
   2784   1.8  christos 		    len2 = strlen (stabstring2);
   2785   1.8  christos 
   2786   1.1  christos 		    /* Concatenate stabstring2 with stabstring1.  */
   2787   1.1  christos 		    if (stabstring_storage != nullptr)
   2788   1.8  christos 		      {
   2789   1.8  christos 			stabstring_storage.reset
   2790   1.8  christos 			  ((char *) xrealloc (stabstring_storage.release (),
   2791   1.1  christos 					      len + len2 + 1));
   2792   1.1  christos 			stabstring = stabstring_storage.get ();
   2793   1.1  christos 		      }
   2794   1.1  christos 		    else
   2795   1.1  christos 		      {
   2796   1.1  christos 			stabstring_storage.reset
   2797   1.1  christos 			  ((char *) xmalloc (len + len2 + 1));
   2798   1.1  christos 			stabstring = stabstring_storage.get ();
   2799   1.7  christos 			strcpy (stabstring, stabstring1);
   2800   1.1  christos 		      }
   2801   1.1  christos 		    strcpy (stabstring + len, stabstring2);
   2802   1.1  christos 		    len += len2;
   2803   1.1  christos 		  }
   2804   1.1  christos 
   2805   1.1  christos 		switch (type_code)
   2806   1.1  christos 		  {
   2807   1.1  christos 		    const char *p;
   2808   1.1  christos 
   2809   1.1  christos 		    /* Standard, external, non-debugger, symbols.  */
   2810   1.1  christos 
   2811   1.1  christos 		  case N_TEXT | N_EXT:
   2812   1.1  christos 		  case N_NBTEXT | N_EXT:
   2813   1.1  christos 		    goto record_it;
   2814   1.1  christos 
   2815   1.1  christos 		  case N_DATA | N_EXT:
   2816   1.1  christos 		  case N_NBDATA | N_EXT:
   2817   1.1  christos 		    goto record_it;
   2818   1.1  christos 
   2819   1.1  christos 		  case N_BSS:
   2820   1.1  christos 		  case N_BSS | N_EXT:
   2821   1.1  christos 		  case N_NBBSS | N_EXT:
   2822   1.1  christos 		  case N_SETV | N_EXT:		/* FIXME, is this in BSS?  */
   2823   1.1  christos 		    goto record_it;
   2824   1.1  christos 
   2825   1.1  christos 		  case N_ABS | N_EXT:
   2826   1.1  christos 		  record_it:
   2827   1.1  christos 		    continue;
   2828   1.1  christos 
   2829   1.1  christos 		  /* Standard, local, non-debugger, symbols.  */
   2830   1.1  christos 
   2831   1.1  christos 		  case N_NBTEXT:
   2832   1.1  christos 
   2833   1.1  christos 		    /* We need to be able to deal with both N_FN or
   2834   1.1  christos 		       N_TEXT, because we have no way of knowing
   2835   1.1  christos 		       whether the sys-supplied ld or GNU ld was used
   2836   1.1  christos 		       to make the executable.  Sequents throw in
   2837   1.1  christos 		       another wrinkle -- they renumbered N_FN.  */
   2838   1.1  christos 
   2839   1.1  christos 		  case N_FN:
   2840   1.1  christos 		  case N_FN_SEQ:
   2841   1.1  christos 		  case N_TEXT:
   2842   1.1  christos 		    continue;
   2843   1.1  christos 
   2844   1.1  christos 		  case N_DATA:
   2845   1.1  christos 		    goto record_it;
   2846   1.1  christos 
   2847   1.1  christos 		  case N_UNDF | N_EXT:
   2848   1.1  christos 		    continue;		/* Just undefined, not COMMON.  */
   2849   1.1  christos 
   2850   1.1  christos 		  case N_UNDF:
   2851   1.1  christos 		    continue;
   2852   1.1  christos 
   2853   1.1  christos 		    /* Lots of symbol types we can just ignore.  */
   2854   1.1  christos 
   2855   1.1  christos 		  case N_ABS:
   2856   1.1  christos 		  case N_NBDATA:
   2857   1.1  christos 		  case N_NBBSS:
   2858   1.1  christos 		    continue;
   2859   1.1  christos 
   2860   1.1  christos 		    /* Keep going . . .  */
   2861   1.1  christos 
   2862   1.1  christos 		    /*
   2863   1.1  christos 		     * Special symbol types for GNU
   2864   1.1  christos 		     */
   2865   1.1  christos 		  case N_INDR:
   2866   1.1  christos 		  case N_INDR | N_EXT:
   2867   1.1  christos 		  case N_SETA:
   2868   1.1  christos 		  case N_SETA | N_EXT:
   2869   1.1  christos 		  case N_SETT:
   2870   1.1  christos 		  case N_SETT | N_EXT:
   2871   1.1  christos 		  case N_SETD:
   2872   1.1  christos 		  case N_SETD | N_EXT:
   2873   1.1  christos 		  case N_SETB:
   2874   1.1  christos 		  case N_SETB | N_EXT:
   2875   1.1  christos 		  case N_SETV:
   2876   1.1  christos 		    continue;
   2877   1.8  christos 
   2878   1.1  christos 		    /*
   2879   1.1  christos 		     * Debugger symbols
   2880   1.6  christos 		     */
   2881   1.1  christos 
   2882   1.1  christos 		  case N_SO:
   2883   1.1  christos 		    {
   2884   1.1  christos 		      static int prev_so_symnum = -10;
   2885   1.6  christos 		      const char *basename;
   2886   1.1  christos 
   2887   1.1  christos 		      /* A zero value is probably an indication for the
   2888   1.1  christos 			 SunPRO 3.0 compiler.  dbx_end_psymtab explicitly tests
   2889   1.1  christos 			 for zero, so don't relocate it.  */
   2890   1.1  christos 
   2891   1.1  christos 		      if (sh.value == 0
   2892   1.1  christos 			  && gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (gdbarch))
   2893   1.9  christos 			textlow_not_set = 1;
   2894   1.1  christos 		      else
   2895   1.1  christos 			textlow_not_set = 0;
   2896   1.1  christos 
   2897   1.1  christos 		      if (prev_so_symnum != symnum - 1)
   2898   1.1  christos 			{		/* Here if prev stab wasn't N_SO.  */
   2899   1.1  christos 			  if (pst)
   2900   1.1  christos 			    {
   2901   1.1  christos 			      pst = (legacy_psymtab *) 0;
   2902   1.1  christos 			      includes_used = 0;
   2903   1.1  christos 			      dependencies_used = 0;
   2904   1.1  christos 			    }
   2905   1.1  christos 			}
   2906   1.1  christos 
   2907   1.1  christos 		      prev_so_symnum = symnum;
   2908   1.1  christos 
   2909   1.1  christos 		      /* End the current partial symtab and start a
   2910   1.1  christos 			 new one.  */
   2911   1.1  christos 
   2912   1.1  christos 		      /* SET_NAMESTRING ();*/
   2913   1.1  christos 		      namestring = stabstring;
   2914   1.1  christos 
   2915   1.1  christos 		      /* Null name means end of .o file.  Don't start a new
   2916   1.1  christos 			 one.  */
   2917   1.8  christos 		      if (*namestring == '\000')
   2918   1.8  christos 			continue;
   2919   1.1  christos 
   2920   1.1  christos 		      /* Some compilers (including gcc) emit a pair of
   2921   1.1  christos 			 initial N_SOs.  The first one is a directory name;
   2922   1.1  christos 			 the second the file name.  If pst exists, is
   2923   1.1  christos 			 empty, and has a filename ending in '/', we assume
   2924   1.1  christos 			 the previous N_SO was a directory name.  */
   2925   1.1  christos 		      basename = lbasename (namestring);
   2926   1.1  christos 		      if (basename != namestring && *basename == '\000')
   2927   1.1  christos 			continue;		/* Simply ignore directory
   2928   1.1  christos 						   name SOs.  */
   2929   1.1  christos 
   2930   1.1  christos 		      /* Some other compilers (C++ ones in particular) emit
   2931   1.1  christos 			 useless SOs for non-existant .c files.  We ignore
   2932   1.1  christos 			 all subsequent SOs that immediately follow the
   2933   1.1  christos 			 first.  */
   2934   1.1  christos 
   2935   1.1  christos 		      if (!pst)
   2936   1.1  christos 			pst = save_pst;
   2937   1.1  christos 		      continue;
   2938   1.1  christos 		    }
   2939   1.1  christos 
   2940   1.1  christos 		  case N_BINCL:
   2941   1.1  christos 		    continue;
   2942   1.1  christos 
   2943   1.1  christos 		  case N_SOL:
   2944   1.1  christos 		    {
   2945   1.1  christos 		      enum language tmp_language;
   2946   1.1  christos 
   2947   1.1  christos 		      /* Mark down an include file in the current psymtab.  */
   2948   1.1  christos 
   2949   1.1  christos 		      /* SET_NAMESTRING (); */
   2950   1.1  christos 		      namestring = stabstring;
   2951   1.1  christos 
   2952   1.1  christos 		      tmp_language
   2953   1.1  christos 			= deduce_language_from_filename (namestring);
   2954   1.1  christos 
   2955   1.1  christos 		      /* Only change the psymtab's language if we've
   2956   1.1  christos 			 learned something useful (eg. tmp_language is not
   2957   1.1  christos 			 language_unknown).  In addition, to match what
   2958   1.1  christos 			 start_subfile does, never change from C++ to
   2959   1.1  christos 			 C.  */
   2960   1.1  christos 		      if (tmp_language != language_unknown
   2961   1.1  christos 			  && (tmp_language != language_c
   2962   1.1  christos 			      || psymtab_language != language_cplus))
   2963   1.1  christos 			psymtab_language = tmp_language;
   2964   1.1  christos 
   2965   1.1  christos 		      /* In C++, one may expect the same filename to come
   2966   1.1  christos 			 round many times, when code is coming alternately
   2967   1.1  christos 			 from the main file and from inline functions in
   2968   1.1  christos 			 other files.  So I check to see if this is a file
   2969   1.1  christos 			 we've seen before -- either the main source file,
   2970   1.1  christos 			 or a previously included file.
   2971   1.1  christos 
   2972   1.1  christos 			 This seems to be a lot of time to be spending on
   2973   1.1  christos 			 N_SOL, but things like "break c-exp.y:435" need to
   2974   1.1  christos 			 work (I suppose the psymtab_include_list could be
   2975   1.1  christos 			 hashed or put in a binary tree, if profiling shows
   2976   1.1  christos 			 this is a major hog).  */
   2977   1.1  christos 		      if (pst && filename_cmp (namestring, pst->filename) == 0)
   2978   1.1  christos 			continue;
   2979   1.1  christos 
   2980   1.1  christos 		      {
   2981   1.1  christos 			int i;
   2982   1.1  christos 
   2983   1.1  christos 			for (i = 0; i < includes_used; i++)
   2984   1.1  christos 			  if (filename_cmp (namestring,
   2985   1.1  christos 					    psymtab_include_list[i]) == 0)
   2986   1.1  christos 			    {
   2987   1.1  christos 			      i = -1;
   2988   1.1  christos 			      break;
   2989   1.1  christos 			    }
   2990   1.1  christos 			if (i == -1)
   2991   1.1  christos 			  continue;
   2992   1.1  christos 		      }
   2993   1.1  christos 
   2994   1.1  christos 		      psymtab_include_list[includes_used++] = namestring;
   2995   1.1  christos 		      if (includes_used >= includes_allocated)
   2996   1.1  christos 			{
   2997   1.1  christos 			  const char **orig = psymtab_include_list;
   2998   1.1  christos 
   2999   1.1  christos 			  psymtab_include_list = (const char **)
   3000   1.1  christos 			    alloca ((includes_allocated *= 2) *
   3001   1.1  christos 				    sizeof (const char *));
   3002   1.1  christos 			  memcpy (psymtab_include_list, orig,
   3003   1.1  christos 				  includes_used * sizeof (const char *));
   3004   1.1  christos 			}
   3005   1.1  christos 		      continue;
   3006   1.1  christos 		    }
   3007   1.1  christos 		  case N_LSYM:	    /* Typedef or automatic variable.  */
   3008   1.1  christos 		  case N_STSYM:	    /* Data seg var -- static  */
   3009   1.1  christos 		  case N_LCSYM:	    /* BSS      "  */
   3010   1.1  christos 		  case N_ROSYM:	    /* Read-only data seg var -- static.  */
   3011   1.1  christos 		  case N_NBSTS:	    /* Gould nobase.  */
   3012   1.1  christos 		  case N_NBLCS:	    /* symbols.  */
   3013   1.1  christos 		  case N_FUN:
   3014   1.1  christos 		  case N_GSYM:	    /* Global (extern) variable; can be
   3015   1.1  christos 				       data or bss (sigh FIXME).  */
   3016   1.1  christos 
   3017   1.1  christos 		    /* Following may probably be ignored; I'll leave them here
   3018   1.1  christos 		       for now (until I do Pascal and Modula 2 extensions).  */
   3019   1.1  christos 
   3020   1.1  christos 		  case N_PC:	    /* I may or may not need this; I
   3021   1.1  christos 				       suspect not.  */
   3022   1.1  christos 		  case N_M2C:	    /* I suspect that I can ignore this
   3023   1.1  christos 				       here.  */
   3024   1.1  christos 		  case N_SCOPE:	    /* Same.  */
   3025   1.1  christos 
   3026   1.1  christos 		    /*    SET_NAMESTRING (); */
   3027   1.1  christos 		    namestring = stabstring;
   3028   1.1  christos 		    p = (char *) strchr (namestring, ':');
   3029   1.1  christos 		    if (!p)
   3030   1.1  christos 		      continue;	    /* Not a debugging symbol.  */
   3031   1.1  christos 
   3032   1.1  christos 
   3033   1.1  christos 
   3034   1.1  christos 		    /* Main processing section for debugging symbols which
   3035   1.1  christos 		       the initial read through the symbol tables needs to
   3036   1.1  christos 		       worry about.  If we reach this point, the symbol
   3037  1.10  christos 		       which we are considering is definitely one we are
   3038  1.10  christos 		       interested in.  p must also contain the (valid)
   3039  1.10  christos 		       index into the namestring which indicates the
   3040  1.10  christos 		       debugging type symbol.  */
   3041  1.10  christos 
   3042  1.10  christos 		    switch (p[1])
   3043  1.10  christos 		      {
   3044  1.10  christos 		      case 'S':
   3045   1.1  christos 			pst->add_psymbol (gdb::string_view (namestring,
   3046   1.1  christos 							    p - namestring),
   3047   1.1  christos 					  true, VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_STATIC,
   3048   1.1  christos 					  SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile),
   3049   1.1  christos 					  psymbol_placement::STATIC,
   3050  1.10  christos 					  sh.value,
   3051  1.10  christos 					  psymtab_language,
   3052  1.10  christos 					  partial_symtabs, objfile);
   3053  1.10  christos 			continue;
   3054  1.10  christos 		      case 'G':
   3055  1.10  christos 			/* The addresses in these entries are reported
   3056  1.10  christos 			   to be wrong.  See the code that reads 'G's
   3057  1.10  christos 			   for symtabs.  */
   3058   1.1  christos 			pst->add_psymbol (gdb::string_view (namestring,
   3059   1.1  christos 							    p - namestring),
   3060   1.1  christos 					  true, VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_STATIC,
   3061   1.1  christos 					  SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile),
   3062   1.1  christos 					  psymbol_placement::GLOBAL,
   3063   1.1  christos 					  sh.value,
   3064   1.1  christos 					  psymtab_language,
   3065   1.1  christos 					  partial_symtabs, objfile);
   3066   1.1  christos 			continue;
   3067   1.1  christos 
   3068   1.1  christos 		      case 'T':
   3069   1.1  christos 			/* When a 'T' entry is defining an anonymous enum, it
   3070   1.1  christos 			   may have a name which is the empty string, or a
   3071  1.10  christos 			   single space.  Since they're not really defining a
   3072   1.9  christos 			   symbol, those shouldn't go in the partial symbol
   3073   1.9  christos 			   table.  We do pick up the elements of such enums at
   3074   1.9  christos 			   'check_enum:', below.  */
   3075  1.10  christos 			if (p >= namestring + 2
   3076   1.1  christos 			    || (p == namestring + 1
   3077   1.1  christos 				&& namestring[0] != ' '))
   3078   1.1  christos 			  {
   3079  1.10  christos 			    pst->add_psymbol
   3080   1.9  christos 			      (gdb::string_view (namestring, p - namestring),
   3081   1.9  christos 			       true, STRUCT_DOMAIN, LOC_TYPEDEF, -1,
   3082   1.9  christos 			       psymbol_placement::STATIC, 0, psymtab_language,
   3083   1.9  christos 			       partial_symtabs, objfile);
   3084  1.10  christos 			    if (p[2] == 't')
   3085  1.10  christos 			      {
   3086   1.1  christos 				/* Also a typedef with the same name.  */
   3087   1.1  christos 				pst->add_psymbol
   3088   1.1  christos 				  (gdb::string_view (namestring,
   3089   1.1  christos 						     p - namestring),
   3090   1.1  christos 				   true, VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_TYPEDEF, -1,
   3091   1.1  christos 				   psymbol_placement::STATIC, 0,
   3092   1.1  christos 				   psymtab_language,
   3093   1.1  christos 				   partial_symtabs, objfile);
   3094  1.10  christos 				p += 1;
   3095   1.9  christos 			      }
   3096   1.9  christos 			  }
   3097   1.9  christos 			goto check_enum;
   3098   1.9  christos 		      case 't':
   3099  1.10  christos 			if (p != namestring)	/* a name is there, not
   3100   1.1  christos 						   just :T...  */
   3101   1.1  christos 			  {
   3102   1.1  christos 			    pst->add_psymbol
   3103   1.1  christos 			      (gdb::string_view (namestring,
   3104   1.1  christos 						 p - namestring),
   3105   1.1  christos 			       true, VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_TYPEDEF, -1,
   3106   1.1  christos 			       psymbol_placement::STATIC, 0, psymtab_language,
   3107   1.1  christos 			       partial_symtabs, objfile);
   3108   1.1  christos 			  }
   3109   1.1  christos 		      check_enum:
   3110   1.1  christos 			/* If this is an enumerated type, we need to add
   3111   1.1  christos 			   all the enum constants to the partial symbol
   3112   1.1  christos 			   table.  This does not cover enums without names,
   3113   1.1  christos 			   e.g. "enum {a, b} c;" in C, but fortunately
   3114   1.1  christos 			   those are rare.  There is no way for GDB to find
   3115   1.1  christos 			   those from the enum type without spending too
   3116   1.1  christos 			   much time on it.  Thus to solve this problem,
   3117   1.1  christos 			   the compiler needs to put out the enum in a
   3118   1.1  christos 			   nameless type.  GCC2 does this.  */
   3119   1.1  christos 
   3120   1.1  christos 			/* We are looking for something of the form
   3121   1.1  christos 			   <name> ":" ("t" | "T") [<number> "="] "e"
   3122   1.1  christos 			   {<constant> ":" <value> ","} ";".  */
   3123   1.1  christos 
   3124   1.1  christos 			/* Skip over the colon and the 't' or 'T'.  */
   3125   1.1  christos 			p += 2;
   3126   1.1  christos 			/* This type may be given a number.  Also, numbers
   3127   1.1  christos 			   can come in pairs like (0,26).  Skip over it.  */
   3128   1.1  christos 			while ((*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')
   3129   1.1  christos 			       || *p == '(' || *p == ',' || *p == ')'
   3130   1.1  christos 			       || *p == '=')
   3131   1.1  christos 			  p++;
   3132   1.1  christos 
   3133   1.1  christos 			if (*p++ == 'e')
   3134   1.1  christos 			  {
   3135   1.1  christos 			    /* The aix4 compiler emits extra crud before
   3136   1.1  christos 			       the members.  */
   3137   1.1  christos 			    if (*p == '-')
   3138   1.1  christos 			      {
   3139   1.1  christos 				/* Skip over the type (?).  */
   3140   1.1  christos 				while (*p != ':')
   3141   1.1  christos 				  p++;
   3142   1.1  christos 
   3143   1.1  christos 				/* Skip over the colon.  */
   3144   1.1  christos 				p++;
   3145   1.1  christos 			      }
   3146   1.7  christos 
   3147   1.1  christos 			    /* We have found an enumerated type.  */
   3148   1.1  christos 			    /* According to comments in read_enum_type
   3149   1.1  christos 			       a comma could end it instead of a semicolon.
   3150   1.1  christos 			       I don't know where that happens.
   3151   1.1  christos 			       Accept either.  */
   3152   1.1  christos 			    while (*p && *p != ';' && *p != ',')
   3153   1.1  christos 			      {
   3154   1.1  christos 				const char *q;
   3155   1.1  christos 
   3156   1.1  christos 				/* Check for and handle cretinous dbx
   3157   1.1  christos 				   symbol name continuation!  */
   3158   1.1  christos 				if (*p == '\\' || (*p == '?' && p[1] == '\0'))
   3159   1.1  christos 				  p = next_symbol_text (objfile);
   3160  1.10  christos 
   3161  1.10  christos 				/* Point to the character after the name
   3162  1.10  christos 				   of the enum constant.  */
   3163  1.10  christos 				for (q = p; *q && *q != ':'; q++)
   3164  1.10  christos 				  ;
   3165  1.10  christos 				/* Note that the value doesn't matter for
   3166  1.10  christos 				   enum constants in psymtabs, just in
   3167   1.1  christos 				   symtabs.  */
   3168   1.1  christos 				pst->add_psymbol (gdb::string_view (p,
   3169   1.1  christos 								    q - p),
   3170   1.1  christos 						  true, VAR_DOMAIN,
   3171   1.1  christos 						  LOC_CONST, -1,
   3172   1.1  christos 						  psymbol_placement::STATIC,
   3173   1.1  christos 						  0, psymtab_language,
   3174   1.1  christos 						  partial_symtabs, objfile);
   3175   1.1  christos 				/* Point past the name.  */
   3176   1.1  christos 				p = q;
   3177   1.1  christos 				/* Skip over the value.  */
   3178   1.1  christos 				while (*p && *p != ',')
   3179   1.1  christos 				  p++;
   3180  1.10  christos 				/* Advance past the comma.  */
   3181  1.10  christos 				if (*p)
   3182  1.10  christos 				  p++;
   3183  1.10  christos 			      }
   3184  1.10  christos 			  }
   3185  1.10  christos 			continue;
   3186   1.1  christos 		      case 'c':
   3187   1.1  christos 			/* Constant, e.g. from "const" in Pascal.  */
   3188   1.1  christos 			pst->add_psymbol (gdb::string_view (namestring,
   3189   1.1  christos 							    p - namestring),
   3190   1.1  christos 					  true, VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_CONST, -1,
   3191   1.8  christos 					  psymbol_placement::STATIC,
   3192   1.8  christos 					  0, psymtab_language,
   3193   1.8  christos 					  partial_symtabs, objfile);
   3194   1.1  christos 			continue;
   3195  1.10  christos 
   3196  1.10  christos 		      case 'f':
   3197  1.10  christos 			if (! pst)
   3198  1.10  christos 			  {
   3199  1.10  christos 			    std::string copy (namestring, p);
   3200  1.10  christos 			    function_outside_compilation_unit_complaint
   3201  1.10  christos 			      (copy.c_str ());
   3202  1.10  christos 			  }
   3203   1.1  christos 			pst->add_psymbol (gdb::string_view (namestring,
   3204   1.1  christos 							    p - namestring),
   3205   1.1  christos 					  true, VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_BLOCK,
   3206   1.1  christos 					  SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile),
   3207   1.1  christos 					  psymbol_placement::STATIC,
   3208   1.1  christos 					  sh.value,
   3209   1.1  christos 					  psymtab_language,
   3210   1.1  christos 					  partial_symtabs, objfile);
   3211   1.1  christos 			continue;
   3212   1.8  christos 
   3213   1.8  christos 			/* Global functions were ignored here, but now they
   3214   1.8  christos 			   are put into the global psymtab like one would
   3215   1.1  christos 			   expect.  They're also in the minimal symbol
   3216  1.10  christos 			   table.  */
   3217  1.10  christos 		      case 'F':
   3218  1.10  christos 			if (! pst)
   3219  1.10  christos 			  {
   3220  1.10  christos 			    std::string copy (namestring, p);
   3221  1.10  christos 			    function_outside_compilation_unit_complaint
   3222  1.10  christos 			      (copy.c_str ());
   3223  1.10  christos 			  }
   3224   1.1  christos 			pst->add_psymbol (gdb::string_view (namestring,
   3225   1.1  christos 							    p - namestring),
   3226   1.1  christos 					  true, VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_BLOCK,
   3227   1.1  christos 					  SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile),
   3228   1.1  christos 					  psymbol_placement::GLOBAL,
   3229   1.1  christos 					  sh.value,
   3230   1.1  christos 					  psymtab_language,
   3231   1.1  christos 					  partial_symtabs, objfile);
   3232   1.1  christos 			continue;
   3233   1.1  christos 
   3234   1.1  christos 			/* Two things show up here (hopefully); static
   3235   1.1  christos 			   symbols of local scope (static used inside
   3236   1.1  christos 			   braces) or extensions of structure symbols.  We
   3237   1.1  christos 			   can ignore both.  */
   3238   1.1  christos 		      case 'V':
   3239   1.1  christos 		      case '(':
   3240   1.1  christos 		      case '0':
   3241   1.1  christos 		      case '1':
   3242   1.1  christos 		      case '2':
   3243   1.1  christos 		      case '3':
   3244   1.1  christos 		      case '4':
   3245   1.1  christos 		      case '5':
   3246   1.1  christos 		      case '6':
   3247   1.1  christos 		      case '7':
   3248   1.1  christos 		      case '8':
   3249   1.1  christos 		      case '9':
   3250   1.1  christos 		      case '-':
   3251   1.1  christos 		      case '#':		/* For symbol identification (used
   3252   1.1  christos 					   in live ranges).  */
   3253   1.1  christos 			continue;
   3254   1.1  christos 
   3255   1.1  christos 		      case ':':
   3256   1.1  christos 			/* It is a C++ nested symbol.  We don't need to
   3257   1.1  christos 			   record it (I don't think); if we try to look up
   3258   1.1  christos 			   foo::bar::baz, then symbols for the symtab
   3259   1.1  christos 			   containing foo should get read in, I think.  */
   3260   1.1  christos 			/* Someone says sun cc puts out symbols like
   3261   1.1  christos 			   /foo/baz/maclib::/usr/local/bin/maclib,
   3262   1.1  christos 			   which would get here with a symbol type of ':'.  */
   3263   1.1  christos 			continue;
   3264   1.1  christos 
   3265   1.1  christos 		      default:
   3266   1.8  christos 			/* Unexpected symbol descriptor.  The second and
   3267   1.1  christos 			   subsequent stabs of a continued stab can show up
   3268   1.1  christos 			   here.  The question is whether they ever can
   3269   1.1  christos 			   mimic a normal stab--it would be nice if not,
   3270   1.1  christos 			   since we certainly don't want to spend the time
   3271   1.1  christos 			   searching to the end of every string looking for
   3272   1.1  christos 			   a backslash.  */
   3273   1.1  christos 
   3274   1.1  christos 			complaint (_("unknown symbol descriptor `%c'"), p[1]);
   3275   1.1  christos 
   3276   1.1  christos 			/* Ignore it; perhaps it is an extension that we don't
   3277   1.1  christos 			   know about.  */
   3278   1.8  christos 			continue;
   3279   1.8  christos 		      }
   3280   1.8  christos 
   3281   1.1  christos 		  case N_EXCL:
   3282   1.1  christos 		    continue;
   3283   1.1  christos 
   3284   1.1  christos 		  case N_ENDM:
   3285   1.9  christos 		    /* Solaris 2 end of module, finish current partial
   3286   1.1  christos 		       symbol table.  dbx_end_psymtab will set the
   3287   1.1  christos 		       high text address of PST to the proper value,
   3288   1.1  christos 		       which is necessary if a module compiled without
   3289   1.1  christos 		       debugging info follows this module.  */
   3290   1.1  christos 		    if (pst
   3291   1.1  christos 			&& gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (gdbarch))
   3292   1.8  christos 		      {
   3293   1.8  christos 			pst = (legacy_psymtab *) 0;
   3294   1.1  christos 			includes_used = 0;
   3295   1.1  christos 			dependencies_used = 0;
   3296   1.1  christos 		      }
   3297   1.1  christos 		    continue;
   3298   1.1  christos 
   3299   1.1  christos 		  case N_RBRAC:
   3300   1.1  christos 		    if (sh.value > save_pst->raw_text_high ())
   3301   1.1  christos 		      save_pst->set_text_high (sh.value);
   3302   1.1  christos 		    continue;
   3303   1.1  christos 		  case N_EINCL:
   3304   1.1  christos 		  case N_DSLINE:
   3305   1.1  christos 		  case N_BSLINE:
   3306   1.1  christos 		  case N_SSYM:		/* Claim: Structure or union
   3307   1.1  christos 					   element.  Hopefully, I can
   3308   1.1  christos 					   ignore this.  */
   3309   1.1  christos 		  case N_ENTRY:		/* Alternate entry point; can
   3310   1.1  christos 					   ignore.  */
   3311   1.1  christos 		  case N_MAIN:		/* Can definitely ignore this.   */
   3312   1.1  christos 		  case N_CATCH:		/* These are GNU C++ extensions.  */
   3313   1.1  christos 		  case N_EHDECL:	/* that can safely be ignored here.  */
   3314   1.1  christos 		  case N_LENG:
   3315   1.1  christos 		  case N_BCOMM:
   3316   1.1  christos 		  case N_ECOMM:
   3317   1.1  christos 		  case N_ECOML:
   3318   1.1  christos 		  case N_FNAME:
   3319   1.1  christos 		  case N_SLINE:
   3320   1.1  christos 		  case N_RSYM:
   3321   1.1  christos 		  case N_PSYM:
   3322   1.1  christos 		  case N_LBRAC:
   3323   1.1  christos 		  case N_NSYMS:		/* Ultrix 4.0: symbol count */
   3324   1.1  christos 		  case N_DEFD:			/* GNU Modula-2 */
   3325   1.1  christos 		  case N_ALIAS:		/* SunPro F77: alias name, ignore
   3326   1.1  christos 					   for now.  */
   3327   1.1  christos 
   3328   1.1  christos 		  case N_OBJ:		/* Useless types from Solaris.  */
   3329   1.1  christos 		  case N_OPT:
   3330   1.8  christos 		    /* These symbols aren't interesting; don't worry about
   3331   1.1  christos 		       them.  */
   3332   1.1  christos 
   3333   1.1  christos 		    continue;
   3334   1.1  christos 
   3335   1.1  christos 		  default:
   3336   1.1  christos 		    /* If we haven't found it yet, ignore it.  It's
   3337   1.1  christos 		       probably some new type we don't know about yet.  */
   3338   1.1  christos 		    complaint (_("unknown symbol type %s"),
   3339   1.1  christos 			       hex_string (type_code)); /* CUR_SYMBOL_TYPE */
   3340   1.1  christos 		    continue;
   3341   1.1  christos 		  }
   3342   1.8  christos 	      }
   3343   1.5  christos 	      /* end - Handle continuation */
   3344   1.3  christos 	    }
   3345   1.8  christos 	}
   3346   1.1  christos       else
   3347   1.1  christos 	{
   3348   1.1  christos 	  for (cur_sdx = 0; cur_sdx < fh->csym;)
   3349   1.1  christos 	    {
   3350   1.1  christos 	      char *sym_name;
   3351   1.1  christos 	      enum address_class theclass;
   3352   1.1  christos 	      CORE_ADDR minsym_value;
   3353   1.1  christos 	      short section = -1;
   3354   1.1  christos 
   3355   1.1  christos 	      (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
   3356   1.1  christos 			      ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
   3357   1.1  christos 			       + ((fh->isymBase + cur_sdx)
   3358   1.1  christos 				  * external_sym_size)),
   3359   1.1  christos 			      &sh);
   3360   1.1  christos 
   3361   1.1  christos 	      if (ECOFF_IS_STAB (&sh))
   3362   1.1  christos 		{
   3363   1.1  christos 		  cur_sdx++;
   3364   1.1  christos 		  continue;
   3365   1.1  christos 		}
   3366   1.1  christos 
   3367   1.1  christos 	      /* Non absolute static symbols go into the minimal table.  */
   3368   1.1  christos 	      if (SC_IS_UNDEF (sh.sc) || sh.sc == scNil
   3369   1.8  christos 		  || (sh.index == indexNil
   3370   1.1  christos 		      && (sh.st != stStatic || sh.sc == scAbs)))
   3371   1.3  christos 		{
   3372   1.3  christos 		  /* FIXME, premature?  */
   3373   1.1  christos 		  cur_sdx++;
   3374   1.1  christos 		  continue;
   3375   1.1  christos 		}
   3376   1.1  christos 
   3377   1.1  christos 	      sym_name = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
   3378   1.1  christos 
   3379   1.1  christos 	      minsym_value = sh.value;
   3380   1.8  christos 
   3381   1.1  christos 	      switch (sh.sc)
   3382   1.1  christos 		{
   3383   1.1  christos 		case scText:
   3384   1.1  christos 		case scRConst:
   3385   1.1  christos 		  /* The value of a stEnd symbol is the displacement from the
   3386   1.1  christos 		     corresponding start symbol value, do not relocate it.  */
   3387   1.8  christos 		  if (sh.st != stEnd)
   3388   1.1  christos 		    section = SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile);
   3389   1.1  christos 		  break;
   3390   1.1  christos 		case scData:
   3391   1.8  christos 		case scSData:
   3392   1.1  christos 		case scRData:
   3393   1.1  christos 		case scPData:
   3394   1.1  christos 		case scXData:
   3395   1.1  christos 		  section = SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile);
   3396   1.1  christos 		  break;
   3397   1.1  christos 		case scBss:
   3398   1.1  christos 		case scSBss:
   3399   1.1  christos 		  section = SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile);
   3400   1.1  christos 		  break;
   3401   1.1  christos 		}
   3402   1.8  christos 
   3403   1.7  christos 	      switch (sh.st)
   3404   1.7  christos 		{
   3405   1.1  christos 		  CORE_ADDR high;
   3406   1.1  christos 		  CORE_ADDR procaddr;
   3407   1.1  christos 		  int new_sdx;
   3408   1.1  christos 
   3409   1.1  christos 		case stStaticProc:
   3410   1.1  christos 		  reader.record_with_info (sym_name, minsym_value,
   3411   1.1  christos 					   mst_file_text,
   3412   1.1  christos 					   SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
   3413  1.10  christos 
   3414   1.8  christos 		  /* FALLTHROUGH */
   3415   1.1  christos 
   3416   1.1  christos 		case stProc:
   3417   1.1  christos 		  /* Ignore all parameter symbol records.  */
   3418   1.1  christos 		  if (sh.index >= hdr->iauxMax)
   3419   1.1  christos 		    {
   3420   1.1  christos 		      /* Should not happen, but does when cross-compiling
   3421   1.1  christos 			 with the MIPS compiler.  FIXME -- pull later.  */
   3422   1.1  christos 		      index_complaint (sym_name);
   3423   1.1  christos 		      new_sdx = cur_sdx + 1;	/* Don't skip at all.  */
   3424   1.1  christos 		    }
   3425   1.1  christos 		  else
   3426   1.8  christos 		    new_sdx = AUX_GET_ISYM (fh->fBigendian,
   3427   1.8  christos 					    (debug_info->external_aux
   3428   1.1  christos 					     + fh->iauxBase
   3429   1.1  christos 					     + sh.index));
   3430   1.1  christos 
   3431  1.10  christos 		  if (new_sdx <= cur_sdx)
   3432  1.10  christos 		    {
   3433  1.10  christos 		      /* This should not happen either... FIXME.  */
   3434  1.10  christos 		      complaint (_("bad proc end in aux found from symbol %s"),
   3435  1.10  christos 				 sym_name);
   3436  1.10  christos 		      new_sdx = cur_sdx + 1;	/* Don't skip backward.  */
   3437  1.10  christos 		    }
   3438  1.10  christos 
   3439  1.10  christos 		  /* For stProc symbol records, we need to check the
   3440   1.1  christos 		     storage class as well, as only (stProc, scText)
   3441   1.1  christos 		     entries represent "real" procedures - See the
   3442   1.1  christos 		     Compaq document titled "Object File / Symbol Table
   3443   1.9  christos 		     Format Specification" for more information.  If the
   3444   1.1  christos 		     storage class is not scText, we discard the whole
   3445   1.1  christos 		     block of symbol records for this stProc.  */
   3446   1.1  christos 		  if (sh.st == stProc && sh.sc != scText)
   3447   1.1  christos 		    goto skip;
   3448   1.1  christos 
   3449   1.1  christos 		  /* Usually there is a local and a global stProc symbol
   3450   1.1  christos 		     for a function.  This means that the function name
   3451   1.1  christos 		     has already been entered into the minimal symbol table
   3452   1.1  christos 		     while processing the global symbols in pass 2 above.
   3453  1.10  christos 		     One notable exception is the PROGRAM name from
   3454  1.10  christos 		     f77 compiled executables, it is only put out as
   3455  1.10  christos 		     local stProc symbol, and a global MAIN__ stProc symbol
   3456  1.10  christos 		     points to it.  It doesn't matter though, as gdb is
   3457  1.10  christos 		     still able to find the PROGRAM name via the partial
   3458  1.10  christos 		     symbol table, and the MAIN__ symbol via the minimal
   3459   1.1  christos 		     symbol table.  */
   3460  1.10  christos 		  if (sh.st == stProc)
   3461  1.10  christos 		    pst->add_psymbol (sym_name, true,
   3462  1.10  christos 				      VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_BLOCK,
   3463  1.10  christos 				      section,
   3464  1.10  christos 				      psymbol_placement::GLOBAL,
   3465  1.10  christos 				      sh.value, psymtab_language,
   3466   1.1  christos 				      partial_symtabs, objfile);
   3467   1.1  christos 		  else
   3468   1.1  christos 		    pst->add_psymbol (sym_name, true,
   3469   1.1  christos 				      VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_BLOCK,
   3470   1.1  christos 				      section,
   3471   1.1  christos 				      psymbol_placement::STATIC,
   3472   1.1  christos 				      sh.value, psymtab_language,
   3473   1.1  christos 				      partial_symtabs, objfile);
   3474   1.1  christos 
   3475   1.1  christos 		  procaddr = sh.value;
   3476   1.1  christos 
   3477   1.1  christos 		  cur_sdx = new_sdx;
   3478   1.1  christos 		  (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
   3479   1.1  christos 				  ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
   3480   1.8  christos 				   + ((fh->isymBase + cur_sdx - 1)
   3481   1.8  christos 				      * external_sym_size)),
   3482   1.8  christos 				  &sh);
   3483   1.1  christos 		  if (sh.st != stEnd)
   3484   1.1  christos 		    continue;
   3485   1.8  christos 
   3486   1.8  christos 		  /* Kludge for Irix 5.2 zero fh->adr.  */
   3487   1.1  christos 		  if (!relocatable
   3488   1.1  christos 		      && (!pst->text_low_valid
   3489   1.1  christos 			  || procaddr < pst->raw_text_low ()))
   3490   1.1  christos 		    pst->set_text_low (procaddr);
   3491   1.8  christos 
   3492   1.7  christos 		  high = procaddr + sh.value;
   3493   1.7  christos 		  if (high > pst->raw_text_high ())
   3494   1.1  christos 		    pst->set_text_high (high);
   3495   1.8  christos 		  continue;
   3496   1.7  christos 
   3497   1.7  christos 		case stStatic:	/* Variable */
   3498   1.5  christos 		  if (SC_IS_DATA (sh.sc))
   3499   1.1  christos 		    reader.record_with_info (sym_name, minsym_value,
   3500   1.1  christos 					     mst_file_data,
   3501   1.1  christos 					     SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
   3502   1.1  christos 		  else
   3503   1.1  christos 		    reader.record_with_info (sym_name, minsym_value,
   3504   1.1  christos 					     mst_file_bss,
   3505   1.1  christos 					     SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile));
   3506   1.1  christos 		  theclass = LOC_STATIC;
   3507   1.1  christos 		  break;
   3508   1.1  christos 
   3509   1.1  christos 		case stIndirect:	/* Irix5 forward declaration */
   3510   1.5  christos 		  /* Skip forward declarations from Irix5 cc.  */
   3511   1.1  christos 		  goto skip;
   3512   1.1  christos 
   3513   1.1  christos 		case stTypedef:	/* Typedef */
   3514   1.5  christos 		  /* Skip typedefs for forward declarations and opaque
   3515   1.1  christos 		     structs from alpha and mips cc.  */
   3516   1.1  christos 		  if (sh.iss == 0 || has_opaque_xref (fh, &sh))
   3517   1.1  christos 		    goto skip;
   3518   1.1  christos 		  theclass = LOC_TYPEDEF;
   3519   1.1  christos 		  break;
   3520   1.1  christos 
   3521   1.1  christos 		case stConstant:	/* Constant decl */
   3522   1.1  christos 		  theclass = LOC_CONST;
   3523   1.1  christos 		  break;
   3524   1.1  christos 
   3525   1.1  christos 		case stUnion:
   3526   1.1  christos 		case stStruct:
   3527   1.1  christos 		case stEnum:
   3528  1.10  christos 		case stBlock:	/* { }, str, un, enum */
   3529  1.10  christos 		  /* Do not create a partial symbol for cc unnamed aggregates
   3530  1.10  christos 		     and gcc empty aggregates.  */
   3531  1.10  christos 		  if ((sh.sc == scInfo
   3532  1.10  christos 		       || SC_IS_COMMON (sh.sc))
   3533   1.1  christos 		      && sh.iss != 0
   3534  1.10  christos 		      && sh.index != cur_sdx + 2)
   3535  1.10  christos 		    {
   3536   1.1  christos 		      pst->add_psymbol (sym_name, true,
   3537   1.1  christos 					STRUCT_DOMAIN, LOC_TYPEDEF, -1,
   3538   1.1  christos 					psymbol_placement::STATIC,
   3539   1.1  christos 					0, psymtab_language,
   3540   1.1  christos 					partial_symtabs, objfile);
   3541   1.1  christos 		    }
   3542   1.8  christos 		  handle_psymbol_enumerators (objfile, partial_symtabs,
   3543   1.8  christos 					      pst, fh, sh.st, sh.value);
   3544   1.1  christos 
   3545   1.1  christos 		  /* Skip over the block.  */
   3546   1.1  christos 		  new_sdx = sh.index;
   3547   1.1  christos 		  if (new_sdx <= cur_sdx)
   3548   1.1  christos 		    {
   3549   1.1  christos 		      /* This happens with the Ultrix kernel.  */
   3550   1.1  christos 		      complaint (_("bad aux index at block symbol %s"),
   3551   1.1  christos 				 sym_name);
   3552   1.1  christos 		      new_sdx = cur_sdx + 1;	/* Don't skip backward.  */
   3553   1.1  christos 		    }
   3554   1.1  christos 		  cur_sdx = new_sdx;
   3555   1.1  christos 		  continue;
   3556   1.1  christos 
   3557   1.1  christos 		case stFile:	/* File headers */
   3558   1.1  christos 		case stLabel:	/* Labels */
   3559   1.1  christos 		case stEnd:	/* Ends of files */
   3560   1.1  christos 		  goto skip;
   3561   1.8  christos 
   3562   1.1  christos 		case stLocal:	/* Local variables */
   3563   1.8  christos 		  /* Normally these are skipped because we skip over
   3564   1.8  christos 		     all blocks we see.  However, these can occur
   3565   1.8  christos 		     as visible symbols in a .h file that contains code.  */
   3566   1.1  christos 		  goto skip;
   3567   1.1  christos 
   3568   1.1  christos 		default:
   3569   1.1  christos 		  /* Both complaints are valid:  one gives symbol sym_name,
   3570  1.10  christos 		     the other the offending symbol type.  */
   3571  1.10  christos 		  complaint (_("unknown local symbol %s"),
   3572  1.10  christos 			     sym_name);
   3573  1.10  christos 		  complaint (_("with type %d"), sh.st);
   3574  1.10  christos 		  cur_sdx++;
   3575   1.1  christos 		  continue;
   3576   1.1  christos 		}
   3577   1.1  christos 	      /* Use this gdb symbol.  */
   3578   1.1  christos 	      pst->add_psymbol (sym_name, true,
   3579   1.1  christos 				VAR_DOMAIN, theclass, section,
   3580   1.1  christos 				psymbol_placement::STATIC,
   3581   1.1  christos 				sh.value, psymtab_language,
   3582   1.1  christos 				partial_symtabs, objfile);
   3583   1.1  christos 	    skip:
   3584   1.1  christos 	      cur_sdx++;	/* Go to next file symbol.  */
   3585   1.1  christos 	    }
   3586   1.5  christos 
   3587   1.1  christos 	  /* Now do enter the external symbols.  */
   3588   1.1  christos 	  ext_ptr = &extern_tab[fdr_to_pst[f_idx].globals_offset];
   3589   1.8  christos 	  cur_sdx = fdr_to_pst[f_idx].n_globals;
   3590   1.1  christos 	  PST_PRIVATE (save_pst)->extern_count = cur_sdx;
   3591   1.9  christos 	  PST_PRIVATE (save_pst)->extern_tab = ext_ptr;
   3592   1.9  christos 	  for (; --cur_sdx >= 0; ext_ptr++)
   3593   1.1  christos 	    {
   3594   1.1  christos 	      enum address_class theclass;
   3595   1.1  christos 	      SYMR *psh;
   3596   1.1  christos 	      CORE_ADDR svalue;
   3597   1.1  christos 	      short section;
   3598   1.1  christos 
   3599   1.1  christos 	      gdb_assert (ext_ptr->ifd == f_idx);
   3600   1.1  christos 
   3601   1.1  christos 	      psh = &ext_ptr->asym;
   3602   1.8  christos 
   3603   1.1  christos 	      /* Do not add undefined symbols to the partial symbol table.  */
   3604   1.1  christos 	      if (SC_IS_UNDEF (psh->sc) || psh->sc == scNil)
   3605   1.8  christos 		continue;
   3606   1.1  christos 
   3607   1.1  christos 	      svalue = psh->value;
   3608   1.1  christos 	      switch (psh->sc)
   3609   1.1  christos 		{
   3610   1.1  christos 		default:
   3611   1.1  christos 		case scText:
   3612   1.8  christos 		case scRConst:
   3613   1.1  christos 		  section = SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile);
   3614   1.1  christos 		  break;
   3615   1.1  christos 		case scData:
   3616   1.8  christos 		case scSData:
   3617   1.1  christos 		case scRData:
   3618   1.1  christos 		case scPData:
   3619   1.1  christos 		case scXData:
   3620   1.1  christos 		  section = SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile);
   3621   1.1  christos 		  break;
   3622   1.1  christos 		case scBss:
   3623   1.1  christos 		case scSBss:
   3624   1.1  christos 		  section = SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile);
   3625   1.1  christos 		  break;
   3626   1.1  christos 		}
   3627   1.1  christos 
   3628   1.1  christos 	      switch (psh->st)
   3629   1.1  christos 		{
   3630   1.1  christos 		case stNil:
   3631   1.1  christos 		  /* These are generated for static symbols in .o files,
   3632   1.1  christos 		     ignore them.  */
   3633   1.5  christos 		  continue;
   3634   1.1  christos 		case stProc:
   3635   1.1  christos 		case stStaticProc:
   3636   1.1  christos 		  /* External procedure symbols have been entered
   3637   1.8  christos 		     into the minimal symbol table in pass 2 above.
   3638   1.8  christos 		     Ignore them, as parse_external will ignore them too.  */
   3639   1.1  christos 		  continue;
   3640   1.1  christos 		case stLabel:
   3641   1.1  christos 		  theclass = LOC_LABEL;
   3642   1.1  christos 		  break;
   3643   1.1  christos 		default:
   3644   1.1  christos 		  unknown_ext_complaint (debug_info->ssext + psh->iss);
   3645   1.5  christos 		  /* Pretend it's global.  */
   3646   1.1  christos 		  /* Fall through.  */
   3647   1.1  christos 		case stGlobal:
   3648   1.8  christos 		  /* Global common symbols are resolved by the runtime loader,
   3649  1.10  christos 		     ignore them.  */
   3650  1.10  christos 		  if (SC_IS_COMMON (psh->sc))
   3651  1.10  christos 		    continue;
   3652  1.10  christos 
   3653  1.10  christos 		  theclass = LOC_STATIC;
   3654  1.10  christos 		  break;
   3655   1.1  christos 		}
   3656   1.1  christos 	      char *sym_name = debug_info->ssext + psh->iss;
   3657   1.1  christos 	      pst->add_psymbol (sym_name, true,
   3658   1.6  christos 				VAR_DOMAIN, theclass,
   3659  1.10  christos 				section,
   3660   1.6  christos 				psymbol_placement::GLOBAL,
   3661  1.10  christos 				svalue, psymtab_language,
   3662   1.6  christos 				partial_symtabs, objfile);
   3663   1.8  christos 	    }
   3664   1.6  christos 	}
   3665   1.6  christos 
   3666   1.1  christos       /* Link pst to FDR.  dbx_end_psymtab returns NULL if the psymtab was
   3667   1.1  christos 	 empty and put on the free list.  */
   3668   1.1  christos       fdr_to_pst[f_idx].pst
   3669   1.1  christos 	= dbx_end_psymtab (objfile, partial_symtabs, save_pst,
   3670  1.10  christos 			   psymtab_include_list, includes_used,
   3671  1.10  christos 			   -1, save_pst->raw_text_high (),
   3672  1.10  christos 			   dependency_list, dependencies_used,
   3673  1.10  christos 			   textlow_not_set);
   3674  1.10  christos       includes_used = 0;
   3675  1.10  christos       dependencies_used = 0;
   3676  1.10  christos 
   3677  1.10  christos       /* The objfile has its functions reordered if this partial symbol
   3678  1.10  christos 	 table overlaps any other partial symbol table.
   3679  1.10  christos 	 We cannot assume a reordered objfile if a partial symbol table
   3680   1.1  christos 	 is contained within another partial symbol table, as partial symbol
   3681   1.1  christos 	 tables for include files with executable code are contained
   3682   1.8  christos 	 within the partial symbol table for the including source file,
   3683   1.1  christos 	 and we do not want to flag the objfile reordered for these cases.
   3684   1.1  christos 
   3685  1.10  christos 	 This strategy works well for Irix-5.2 shared libraries, but we
   3686   1.8  christos 	 might have to use a more elaborate (and slower) algorithm for
   3687   1.8  christos 	 other cases.  */
   3688   1.8  christos       save_pst = fdr_to_pst[f_idx].pst;
   3689   1.8  christos       if (save_pst != NULL
   3690   1.8  christos 	  && save_pst->text_low_valid
   3691   1.8  christos 	  && !(objfile->flags & OBJF_REORDERED))
   3692   1.8  christos 	{
   3693   1.8  christos 	  for (partial_symtab *iter : partial_symtabs->range ())
   3694   1.8  christos 	    {
   3695   1.8  christos 	      if (save_pst != iter
   3696   1.1  christos 		  && save_pst->raw_text_low () >= iter->raw_text_low ()
   3697   1.1  christos 		  && save_pst->raw_text_low () < iter->raw_text_high ()
   3698   1.1  christos 		  && save_pst->raw_text_high () > iter->raw_text_high ())
   3699   1.1  christos 		{
   3700   1.1  christos 		  objfile->flags |= OBJF_REORDERED;
   3701   1.1  christos 		  break;
   3702   1.1  christos 		}
   3703   1.1  christos 	    }
   3704   1.1  christos 	}
   3705   1.9  christos     }
   3706   1.1  christos 
   3707   1.1  christos   /* Now scan the FDRs for dependencies.  */
   3708   1.1  christos   for (f_idx = 0; f_idx < hdr->ifdMax; f_idx++)
   3709   1.1  christos     {
   3710   1.1  christos       fh = f_idx + debug_info->fdr;
   3711   1.1  christos       pst = fdr_to_pst[f_idx].pst;
   3712   1.1  christos 
   3713  1.10  christos       if (pst == NULL)
   3714   1.1  christos 	continue;
   3715   1.8  christos 
   3716  1.10  christos       /* This should catch stabs-in-ecoff.  */
   3717   1.1  christos       if (fh->crfd <= 1)
   3718   1.1  christos 	continue;
   3719   1.1  christos 
   3720   1.1  christos       /* Skip the first file indirect entry as it is a self dependency for
   3721   1.1  christos 	 source files or a reverse .h -> .c dependency for header files.  */
   3722   1.1  christos       pst->number_of_dependencies = 0;
   3723   1.1  christos       pst->dependencies
   3724   1.1  christos 	= partial_symtabs->allocate_dependencies (fh->crfd - 1);
   3725   1.1  christos       for (s_idx = 1; s_idx < fh->crfd; s_idx++)
   3726   1.1  christos 	{
   3727   1.8  christos 	  RFDT rh;
   3728   1.1  christos 
   3729   1.1  christos 	  (*swap_rfd_in) (cur_bfd,
   3730   1.1  christos 			  ((char *) debug_info->external_rfd
   3731   1.1  christos 			   + (fh->rfdBase + s_idx) * external_rfd_size),
   3732   1.1  christos 			  &rh);
   3733   1.1  christos 	  if (rh < 0 || rh >= hdr->ifdMax)
   3734   1.1  christos 	    {
   3735   1.9  christos 	      complaint (_("bad file number %ld"), rh);
   3736   1.9  christos 	      continue;
   3737   1.1  christos 	    }
   3738   1.1  christos 
   3739   1.1  christos 	  /* Skip self dependencies of header files.  */
   3740   1.1  christos 	  if (rh == f_idx)
   3741   1.1  christos 	    continue;
   3742   1.1  christos 
   3743   1.1  christos 	  /* Do not add to dependency list if psymtab was empty.  */
   3744   1.1  christos 	  if (fdr_to_pst[rh].pst == NULL)
   3745  1.10  christos 	    continue;
   3746   1.9  christos 	  pst->dependencies[pst->number_of_dependencies++]
   3747   1.9  christos 	    = fdr_to_pst[rh].pst;
   3748  1.10  christos 	}
   3749  1.10  christos     }
   3750   1.1  christos 
   3751   1.1  christos   /* Remove the dummy psymtab created for -O3 images above, if it is
   3752   1.1  christos      still empty, to enable the detection of stripped executables.  */
   3753   1.1  christos   partial_symtab *pst_del = partial_symtabs->psymtabs;
   3754   1.1  christos   if (pst_del->next == NULL
   3755   1.1  christos       && pst_del->number_of_dependencies == 0
   3756  1.10  christos       && pst_del->empty ())
   3757  1.10  christos     partial_symtabs->discard_psymtab (pst_del);
   3758  1.10  christos }
   3759  1.10  christos 
   3760   1.1  christos /* If the current psymbol has an enumerated type, we need to add
   3761   1.1  christos    all the enum constants to the partial symbol table.  */
   3762   1.1  christos 
   3763   1.1  christos static void
   3764   1.1  christos handle_psymbol_enumerators (struct objfile *objfile,
   3765   1.1  christos 			    psymtab_storage *partial_symtabs,
   3766   1.1  christos 			    partial_symtab *pst,
   3767   1.1  christos 			    FDR *fh, int stype, CORE_ADDR svalue)
   3768   1.1  christos {
   3769   1.1  christos   const bfd_size_type external_sym_size = debug_swap->external_sym_size;
   3770   1.1  christos   void (*const swap_sym_in) (bfd *, void *, SYMR *) = debug_swap->swap_sym_in;
   3771   1.1  christos   char *ext_sym = ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
   3772   1.1  christos 		   + ((fh->isymBase + cur_sdx + 1) * external_sym_size));
   3773   1.1  christos   SYMR sh;
   3774   1.1  christos   TIR tir;
   3775  1.10  christos 
   3776  1.10  christos   switch (stype)
   3777  1.10  christos     {
   3778  1.10  christos     case stEnum:
   3779  1.10  christos       break;
   3780  1.10  christos 
   3781   1.1  christos     case stBlock:
   3782   1.1  christos       /* It is an enumerated type if the next symbol entry is a stMember
   3783   1.1  christos 	 and its auxiliary index is indexNil or its auxiliary entry
   3784   1.1  christos 	 is a plain btNil or btVoid.
   3785   1.1  christos 	 Alpha cc -migrate enums are recognized by a zero index and
   3786   1.1  christos 	 a zero symbol value.
   3787   1.1  christos 	 DU 4.0 cc enums are recognized by a member type of btEnum without
   3788   1.1  christos 	 qualifiers and a zero symbol value.  */
   3789   1.1  christos       (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, ext_sym, &sh);
   3790   1.1  christos       if (sh.st != stMember)
   3791   1.1  christos 	return;
   3792   1.1  christos 
   3793   1.1  christos       if (sh.index == indexNil
   3794   1.1  christos 	  || (sh.index == 0 && svalue == 0))
   3795   1.1  christos 	break;
   3796   1.1  christos       (*debug_swap->swap_tir_in) (fh->fBigendian,
   3797   1.1  christos 				  &(debug_info->external_aux
   3798   1.1  christos 				    + fh->iauxBase + sh.index)->a_ti,
   3799   1.1  christos 				  &tir);
   3800   1.1  christos       if ((tir.bt != btNil
   3801   1.1  christos 	   && tir.bt != btVoid
   3802   1.1  christos 	   && (tir.bt != btEnum || svalue != 0))
   3803   1.1  christos 	  || tir.tq0 != tqNil)
   3804   1.1  christos 	return;
   3805   1.1  christos       break;
   3806   1.1  christos 
   3807   1.1  christos     default:
   3808   1.1  christos       return;
   3809   1.1  christos     }
   3810   1.1  christos 
   3811   1.1  christos   for (;;)
   3812   1.1  christos     {
   3813  1.10  christos       char *name;
   3814  1.10  christos 
   3815  1.10  christos       (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, ext_sym, &sh);
   3816  1.10  christos       if (sh.st != stMember)
   3817  1.10  christos 	break;
   3818   1.1  christos       name = debug_info->ss + cur_fdr->issBase + sh.iss;
   3819   1.1  christos 
   3820   1.1  christos       /* Note that the value doesn't matter for enum constants
   3821   1.1  christos 	 in psymtabs, just in symtabs.  */
   3822   1.1  christos       pst->add_psymbol (name, true,
   3823   1.1  christos 			VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_CONST, -1,
   3824   1.7  christos 			psymbol_placement::STATIC, 0,
   3825   1.1  christos 			psymtab_language, partial_symtabs, objfile);
   3826   1.1  christos       ext_sym += external_sym_size;
   3827   1.1  christos     }
   3828   1.1  christos }
   3829   1.1  christos 
   3830   1.1  christos /* Get the next symbol.  OBJFILE is unused.  */
   3831   1.1  christos 
   3832   1.1  christos static const char *
   3833   1.1  christos mdebug_next_symbol_text (struct objfile *objfile)
   3834   1.1  christos {
   3835   1.1  christos   SYMR sh;
   3836   1.1  christos 
   3837   1.1  christos   cur_sdx++;
   3838   1.1  christos   (*debug_swap->swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
   3839   1.1  christos 			      ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
   3840   1.1  christos 			       + ((cur_fdr->isymBase + cur_sdx)
   3841   1.1  christos 				  * debug_swap->external_sym_size)),
   3842   1.1  christos 			      &sh);
   3843   1.1  christos   return debug_info->ss + cur_fdr->issBase + sh.iss;
   3844   1.1  christos }
   3845   1.1  christos 
   3846   1.1  christos /* Ancillary function to psymtab_to_symtab().  Does all the work
   3847   1.1  christos    for turning the partial symtab PST into a symtab, recurring
   3848   1.1  christos    first on all dependent psymtabs.  The argument FILENAME is
   3849   1.9  christos    only passed so we can see in debug stack traces what file
   3850   1.1  christos    is being read.
   3851   1.1  christos 
   3852   1.1  christos    This function has a split personality, based on whether the
   3853   1.1  christos    symbol table contains ordinary ecoff symbols, or stabs-in-ecoff.
   3854   1.1  christos    The flow of control and even the memory allocation differs.  FIXME.  */
   3855   1.1  christos 
   3856   1.3  christos static void
   3857   1.1  christos mdebug_expand_psymtab (legacy_psymtab *pst, struct objfile *objfile)
   3858   1.1  christos {
   3859   1.1  christos   bfd_size_type external_sym_size;
   3860   1.1  christos   bfd_size_type external_pdr_size;
   3861   1.9  christos   void (*swap_sym_in) (bfd *, void *, SYMR *);
   3862   1.1  christos   void (*swap_pdr_in) (bfd *, void *, PDR *);
   3863   1.1  christos   int i;
   3864   1.1  christos   struct compunit_symtab *cust = NULL;
   3865   1.9  christos   FDR *fh;
   3866   1.1  christos   struct linetable *lines;
   3867   1.9  christos   CORE_ADDR lowest_pdr_addr = 0;
   3868   1.1  christos   int last_symtab_ended = 0;
   3869   1.1  christos   const section_offsets &section_offsets = objfile->section_offsets;
   3870   1.9  christos 
   3871   1.1  christos   if (pst->readin)
   3872   1.1  christos     return;
   3873   1.1  christos   pst->readin = true;
   3874  1.10  christos 
   3875   1.1  christos   /* Read in all partial symtabs on which this one is dependent.
   3876   1.1  christos      NOTE that we do have circular dependencies, sigh.  We solved
   3877   1.1  christos      that by setting pst->readin before this point.  */
   3878   1.1  christos   pst->expand_dependencies (objfile);
   3879   1.1  christos 
   3880   1.1  christos   /* Do nothing if this is a dummy psymtab.  */
   3881   1.1  christos 
   3882   1.1  christos   if (pst->empty () && !pst->text_low_valid && !pst->text_high_valid)
   3883   1.1  christos     return;
   3884   1.1  christos 
   3885   1.1  christos   /* Now read the symbols for this symtab.  */
   3886   1.1  christos 
   3887   1.1  christos   cur_bfd = CUR_BFD (pst);
   3888   1.1  christos   debug_swap = DEBUG_SWAP (pst);
   3889   1.1  christos   debug_info = DEBUG_INFO (pst);
   3890   1.9  christos   pending_list = PENDING_LIST (pst);
   3891   1.1  christos   external_sym_size = debug_swap->external_sym_size;
   3892   1.1  christos   external_pdr_size = debug_swap->external_pdr_size;
   3893   1.1  christos   swap_sym_in = debug_swap->swap_sym_in;
   3894   1.1  christos   swap_pdr_in = debug_swap->swap_pdr_in;
   3895   1.1  christos   mdebugread_objfile = objfile;
   3896   1.9  christos   cur_fd = FDR_IDX (pst);
   3897   1.1  christos   fh = ((cur_fd == -1)
   3898   1.1  christos 	? NULL
   3899   1.1  christos 	: debug_info->fdr + cur_fd);
   3900   1.1  christos   cur_fdr = fh;
   3901   1.1  christos 
   3902   1.1  christos   /* See comment in parse_partial_symbols about the @stabs sentinel.  */
   3903   1.1  christos   processing_gcc_compilation = 0;
   3904   1.1  christos   if (fh != NULL && fh->csym >= 2)
   3905   1.1  christos     {
   3906   1.1  christos       SYMR sh;
   3907   1.1  christos 
   3908   1.1  christos       (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
   3909   1.1  christos 		      ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
   3910   1.1  christos 		       + (fh->isymBase + 1) * external_sym_size),
   3911   1.1  christos 		      &sh);
   3912   1.1  christos       if (strcmp (debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss,
   3913   1.1  christos 		  stabs_symbol) == 0)
   3914   1.1  christos 	{
   3915   1.9  christos 	  /* We indicate that this is a GCC compilation so that certain
   3916   1.1  christos 	     features will be enabled in stabsread/dbxread.  */
   3917   1.1  christos 	  processing_gcc_compilation = 2;
   3918   1.1  christos 	}
   3919   1.1  christos     }
   3920   1.1  christos 
   3921   1.1  christos   if (processing_gcc_compilation != 0)
   3922   1.1  christos     {
   3923   1.1  christos       struct gdbarch *gdbarch = objfile->arch ();
   3924   1.1  christos 
   3925   1.1  christos       /* This symbol table contains stabs-in-ecoff entries.  */
   3926   1.1  christos 
   3927   1.1  christos       /* Parse local symbols first.  */
   3928   1.1  christos 
   3929   1.1  christos       if (fh->csym <= 2)	/* FIXME, this blows psymtab->symtab ptr.  */
   3930   1.1  christos 	{
   3931   1.1  christos 	  mdebugread_objfile = NULL;
   3932   1.1  christos 	  return;
   3933   1.1  christos 	}
   3934   1.1  christos       for (cur_sdx = 2; cur_sdx < fh->csym; cur_sdx++)
   3935   1.1  christos 	{
   3936   1.1  christos 	  SYMR sh;
   3937   1.1  christos 	  char *name;
   3938   1.1  christos 	  CORE_ADDR valu;
   3939   1.1  christos 
   3940   1.1  christos 	  (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
   3941   1.1  christos 			  (((char *) debug_info->external_sym)
   3942   1.8  christos 			   + (fh->isymBase + cur_sdx) * external_sym_size),
   3943   1.1  christos 			  &sh);
   3944   1.1  christos 	  name = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
   3945  1.10  christos 	  valu = sh.value;
   3946  1.10  christos 	  /* XXX This is a hack.  It will go away!  */
   3947   1.1  christos 	  if (ECOFF_IS_STAB (&sh) || (name[0] == '#'))
   3948   1.1  christos 	    {
   3949   1.1  christos 	      int type_code = ECOFF_UNMARK_STAB (sh.index);
   3950  1.10  christos 	      enum language language = PST_PRIVATE (pst)->pst_language;
   3951  1.10  christos 
   3952  1.10  christos 	      /* We should never get non N_STAB symbols here, but they
   3953  1.10  christos 		 should be harmless, so keep process_one_symbol from
   3954   1.1  christos 		 complaining about them.  */
   3955   1.1  christos 	      if (type_code & N_STAB)
   3956   1.1  christos 		{
   3957   1.1  christos 		  /* If we found a trailing N_SO with no name, process
   3958   1.1  christos 		     it here instead of in process_one_symbol, so we
   3959   1.9  christos 		     can keep a handle to its symtab.  The symtab
   3960   1.1  christos 		     would otherwise be ended twice, once in
   3961  1.10  christos 		     process_one_symbol, and once after this loop.  */
   3962   1.1  christos 		  if (type_code == N_SO
   3963   1.1  christos 		      && get_last_source_file ()
   3964   1.1  christos 		      && previous_stab_code != (unsigned char) N_SO
   3965   1.1  christos 		      && *name == '\000')
   3966   1.1  christos 		    {
   3967   1.1  christos 		      valu += section_offsets[SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile)];
   3968   1.1  christos 		      previous_stab_code = N_SO;
   3969   1.8  christos 		      cust = end_compunit_symtab (valu, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
   3970   1.1  christos 		      end_stabs ();
   3971   1.1  christos 		      last_symtab_ended = 1;
   3972   1.1  christos 		    }
   3973   1.1  christos 		  else
   3974   1.1  christos 		    {
   3975   1.1  christos 		      last_symtab_ended = 0;
   3976   1.8  christos 		      process_one_symbol (type_code, 0, valu, name,
   3977   1.1  christos 					  section_offsets, objfile, language);
   3978   1.1  christos 		    }
   3979   1.1  christos 		}
   3980   1.1  christos 	      /* Similarly a hack.  */
   3981   1.1  christos 	      else if (name[0] == '#')
   3982   1.8  christos 		{
   3983   1.8  christos 		  process_one_symbol (N_SLINE, 0, valu, name,
   3984   1.8  christos 				      section_offsets, objfile, language);
   3985   1.1  christos 		}
   3986   1.1  christos 	      if (type_code == N_FUN)
   3987  1.10  christos 		{
   3988  1.10  christos 		  /* Make up special symbol to contain
   3989  1.10  christos 		     procedure specific info.  */
   3990  1.10  christos 		  mdebug_extra_func_info *e
   3991   1.1  christos 		    = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (&mdebugread_objfile->objfile_obstack,
   3992   1.8  christos 				      mdebug_extra_func_info);
   3993   1.1  christos 		  struct symbol *s = new_symbol (MDEBUG_EFI_SYMBOL_NAME);
   3994   1.1  christos 
   3995   1.1  christos 		  s->set_domain (LABEL_DOMAIN);
   3996   1.1  christos 		  s->set_aclass_index (LOC_CONST);
   3997   1.1  christos 		  s->set_type (objfile_type (objfile)->builtin_void);
   3998   1.1  christos 		  s->set_value_bytes ((gdb_byte *) e);
   3999   1.1  christos 		  e->pdr.framereg = -1;
   4000   1.1  christos 		  add_symbol_to_list (s, get_local_symbols ());
   4001   1.1  christos 		}
   4002   1.1  christos 	    }
   4003   1.1  christos 	  else if (sh.st == stLabel)
   4004   1.1  christos 	    {
   4005   1.1  christos 	      if (sh.index == indexNil)
   4006   1.9  christos 		{
   4007   1.8  christos 		  /* This is what the gcc2_compiled and __gnu_compiled_*
   4008   1.1  christos 		     show up as.  So don't complain.  */
   4009   1.1  christos 		  ;
   4010   1.1  christos 		}
   4011   1.1  christos 	      else
   4012   1.1  christos 		{
   4013   1.1  christos 		  /* Handle encoded stab line number.  */
   4014   1.1  christos 		  valu += section_offsets[SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile)];
   4015   1.1  christos 		  record_line (get_current_subfile (), sh.index,
   4016   1.8  christos 			       gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, valu));
   4017   1.1  christos 		}
   4018   1.1  christos 	    }
   4019   1.1  christos 	  else if (sh.st == stProc || sh.st == stStaticProc
   4020   1.1  christos 		   || sh.st == stStatic || sh.st == stEnd)
   4021  1.10  christos 	    /* These are generated by gcc-2.x, do not complain.  */
   4022  1.10  christos 	    ;
   4023   1.1  christos 	  else
   4024   1.1  christos 	    complaint (_("unknown stabs symbol %s"), name);
   4025   1.1  christos 	}
   4026   1.1  christos 
   4027  1.10  christos       if (! last_symtab_ended)
   4028  1.10  christos 	{
   4029  1.10  christos 	  cust = end_compunit_symtab (pst->raw_text_high (),
   4030  1.10  christos 				      SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
   4031   1.1  christos 	  end_stabs ();
   4032   1.1  christos 	}
   4033   1.1  christos 
   4034   1.1  christos       /* There used to be a call to sort_blocks here, but this should not
   4035   1.1  christos 	 be necessary for stabs symtabs.  And as sort_blocks modifies the
   4036   1.1  christos 	 start address of the GLOBAL_BLOCK to the FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK,
   4037   1.1  christos 	 it did the wrong thing if the first procedure in a file was
   4038   1.1  christos 	 generated via asm statements.  */
   4039   1.1  christos 
   4040   1.8  christos       /* Fill in procedure info next.  */
   4041   1.1  christos       if (fh->cpd > 0)
   4042   1.1  christos 	{
   4043   1.1  christos 	  char *pdr_ptr;
   4044   1.1  christos 	  char *pdr_end;
   4045   1.8  christos 	  PDR *pdr_in;
   4046   1.1  christos 	  PDR *pdr_in_end;
   4047   1.1  christos 
   4048   1.1  christos 	  gdb::def_vector<PDR> pr_block (fh->cpd);
   4049   1.1  christos 
   4050   1.1  christos 	  pdr_ptr = ((char *) debug_info->external_pdr
   4051   1.1  christos 		     + fh->ipdFirst * external_pdr_size);
   4052   1.1  christos 	  pdr_end = pdr_ptr + fh->cpd * external_pdr_size;
   4053  1.10  christos 	  pdr_in = pr_block.data ();
   4054   1.8  christos 	  for (;
   4055   1.1  christos 	       pdr_ptr < pdr_end;
   4056   1.1  christos 	       pdr_ptr += external_pdr_size, pdr_in++)
   4057   1.1  christos 	    {
   4058   1.1  christos 	      (*swap_pdr_in) (cur_bfd, pdr_ptr, pdr_in);
   4059   1.1  christos 
   4060   1.8  christos 	      /* Determine lowest PDR address, the PDRs are not always
   4061   1.1  christos 		 sorted.  */
   4062   1.1  christos 	      if (pdr_in == pr_block.data ())
   4063   1.3  christos 		lowest_pdr_addr = pdr_in->adr;
   4064   1.1  christos 	      else if (pdr_in->adr < lowest_pdr_addr)
   4065   1.1  christos 		lowest_pdr_addr = pdr_in->adr;
   4066   1.1  christos 	    }
   4067   1.1  christos 
   4068   1.1  christos 	  pdr_in = pr_block.data ();
   4069   1.1  christos 	  pdr_in_end = pdr_in + fh->cpd;
   4070   1.1  christos 	  for (; pdr_in < pdr_in_end; pdr_in++)
   4071   1.1  christos 	    parse_procedure (pdr_in, cust, pst);
   4072   1.1  christos 	}
   4073   1.1  christos     }
   4074   1.1  christos   else
   4075   1.1  christos     {
   4076   1.3  christos       /* This symbol table contains ordinary ecoff entries.  */
   4077   1.1  christos 
   4078   1.1  christos       int maxlines, size;
   4079   1.1  christos       EXTR *ext_ptr;
   4080   1.1  christos 
   4081   1.3  christos       if (fh == 0)
   4082   1.1  christos 	{
   4083   1.1  christos 	  maxlines = 0;
   4084   1.1  christos 	  cust = new_symtab ("unknown", 0, objfile);
   4085  1.10  christos 	}
   4086  1.10  christos       else
   4087   1.1  christos 	{
   4088   1.1  christos 	  maxlines = 2 * fh->cline;
   4089  1.10  christos 	  cust = new_symtab (pst->filename, maxlines, objfile);
   4090   1.1  christos 
   4091  1.10  christos 	  /* The proper language was already determined when building
   4092   1.1  christos 	     the psymtab, use it.  */
   4093   1.1  christos 	  cust->primary_filetab ()->set_language
   4094   1.1  christos 	    (PST_PRIVATE (pst)->pst_language);
   4095   1.1  christos 	}
   4096  1.10  christos 
   4097  1.10  christos       psymtab_language = cust->primary_filetab ()->language ();
   4098  1.10  christos 
   4099  1.10  christos       lines = cust->primary_filetab ()->linetable ();
   4100   1.1  christos 
   4101   1.1  christos       /* Get a new lexical context.  */
   4102   1.1  christos 
   4103   1.1  christos       push_parse_stack ();
   4104   1.1  christos       top_stack->cur_st = cust->primary_filetab ();
   4105   1.1  christos       top_stack->cur_block = cust->blockvector ()->static_block ();
   4106   1.1  christos       top_stack->cur_block->set_start (pst->text_low (objfile));
   4107   1.1  christos       top_stack->cur_block->set_end (0);
   4108   1.1  christos       top_stack->blocktype = stFile;
   4109   1.1  christos       top_stack->cur_type = 0;
   4110   1.1  christos       top_stack->procadr = 0;
   4111   1.1  christos       top_stack->numargs = 0;
   4112   1.1  christos       found_ecoff_debugging_info = 0;
   4113   1.1  christos 
   4114   1.1  christos       if (fh)
   4115   1.1  christos 	{
   4116   1.1  christos 	  char *sym_ptr;
   4117   1.1  christos 	  char *sym_end;
   4118   1.1  christos 
   4119   1.1  christos 	  /* Parse local symbols first.  */
   4120   1.1  christos 	  sym_ptr = ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
   4121   1.1  christos 		     + fh->isymBase * external_sym_size);
   4122   1.1  christos 	  sym_end = sym_ptr + fh->csym * external_sym_size;
   4123   1.1  christos 	  while (sym_ptr < sym_end)
   4124   1.5  christos 	    {
   4125   1.1  christos 	      SYMR sh;
   4126   1.1  christos 	      int c;
   4127   1.1  christos 
   4128   1.1  christos 	      (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, sym_ptr, &sh);
   4129   1.1  christos 	      c = parse_symbol (&sh,
   4130   1.1  christos 				debug_info->external_aux + fh->iauxBase,
   4131   1.1  christos 				sym_ptr, fh->fBigendian,
   4132   1.1  christos 				section_offsets, objfile);
   4133   1.1  christos 	      sym_ptr += c * external_sym_size;
   4134   1.1  christos 	    }
   4135   1.1  christos 
   4136   1.1  christos 	  /* Linenumbers.  At the end, check if we can save memory.
   4137   1.1  christos 	     parse_lines has to look ahead an arbitrary number of PDR
   4138   1.8  christos 	     structures, so we swap them all first.  */
   4139   1.1  christos 	  if (fh->cpd > 0)
   4140   1.1  christos 	    {
   4141   1.1  christos 	      char *pdr_ptr;
   4142   1.1  christos 	      char *pdr_end;
   4143   1.8  christos 	      PDR *pdr_in;
   4144   1.1  christos 	      PDR *pdr_in_end;
   4145   1.1  christos 
   4146   1.1  christos 	      gdb::def_vector<PDR> pr_block (fh->cpd);
   4147   1.1  christos 
   4148   1.1  christos 	      pdr_ptr = ((char *) debug_info->external_pdr
   4149   1.1  christos 			 + fh->ipdFirst * external_pdr_size);
   4150   1.1  christos 	      pdr_end = pdr_ptr + fh->cpd * external_pdr_size;
   4151   1.1  christos 	      pdr_in = pr_block.data ();
   4152   1.8  christos 	      for (;
   4153   1.1  christos 		   pdr_ptr < pdr_end;
   4154   1.1  christos 		   pdr_ptr += external_pdr_size, pdr_in++)
   4155   1.1  christos 		{
   4156   1.1  christos 		  (*swap_pdr_in) (cur_bfd, pdr_ptr, pdr_in);
   4157   1.1  christos 
   4158   1.8  christos 		  /* Determine lowest PDR address, the PDRs are not always
   4159   1.8  christos 		     sorted.  */
   4160   1.1  christos 		  if (pdr_in == pr_block.data ())
   4161   1.1  christos 		    lowest_pdr_addr = pdr_in->adr;
   4162   1.1  christos 		  else if (pdr_in->adr < lowest_pdr_addr)
   4163   1.1  christos 		    lowest_pdr_addr = pdr_in->adr;
   4164   1.8  christos 		}
   4165   1.1  christos 
   4166   1.1  christos 	      parse_lines (fh, pr_block.data (), lines, maxlines,
   4167   1.3  christos 			   pst->text_low (objfile), lowest_pdr_addr);
   4168   1.1  christos 	      if (lines->nitems < fh->cline)
   4169   1.1  christos 		lines = shrink_linetable (lines);
   4170   1.1  christos 
   4171   1.1  christos 	      /* Fill in procedure info next.  */
   4172   1.1  christos 	      pdr_in = pr_block.data ();
   4173   1.1  christos 	      pdr_in_end = pdr_in + fh->cpd;
   4174  1.10  christos 	      for (; pdr_in < pdr_in_end; pdr_in++)
   4175  1.10  christos 		parse_procedure (pdr_in, NULL, pst);
   4176  1.10  christos 	    }
   4177  1.10  christos 	}
   4178  1.10  christos 
   4179   1.1  christos       size = lines->nitems;
   4180   1.1  christos       if (size > 1)
   4181   1.1  christos 	--size;
   4182  1.10  christos       cust->primary_filetab ()->set_linetable
   4183  1.10  christos 	((struct linetable *)
   4184  1.10  christos 	 obstack_copy (&mdebugread_objfile->objfile_obstack,
   4185   1.1  christos 		       lines, (sizeof (struct linetable)
   4186  1.10  christos 			       + size * sizeof (lines->item))));
   4187   1.1  christos       xfree (lines);
   4188   1.1  christos 
   4189   1.1  christos       /* .. and our share of externals.
   4190   1.1  christos 	 XXX use the global list to speed up things here.  How?
   4191   1.1  christos 	 FIXME, Maybe quit once we have found the right number of ext's?  */
   4192   1.5  christos       top_stack->cur_st = cust->primary_filetab ();
   4193   1.1  christos       top_stack->cur_block
   4194   1.1  christos 	= top_stack->cur_st->compunit ()->blockvector ()->global_block ();
   4195  1.10  christos       top_stack->blocktype = stFile;
   4196  1.10  christos 
   4197   1.1  christos       ext_ptr = PST_PRIVATE (pst)->extern_tab;
   4198   1.1  christos       for (i = PST_PRIVATE (pst)->extern_count; --i >= 0; ext_ptr++)
   4199  1.10  christos 	parse_external (ext_ptr, fh->fBigendian,
   4200  1.10  christos 			section_offsets, objfile);
   4201  1.10  christos 
   4202  1.10  christos       /* If there are undefined symbols, tell the user.
   4203  1.10  christos 	 The alpha has an undefined symbol for every symbol that is
   4204  1.10  christos 	 from a shared library, so tell the user only if verbose is on.  */
   4205  1.10  christos       if (info_verbose && n_undef_symbols)
   4206   1.1  christos 	{
   4207   1.1  christos 	  gdb_printf (_("File %s contains %d unresolved references:"),
   4208   1.1  christos 		      symtab_to_filename_for_display
   4209   1.1  christos 		      (cust->primary_filetab ()),
   4210   1.1  christos 		      n_undef_symbols);
   4211  1.10  christos 	  gdb_printf ("\n\t%4d variables\n\t%4d "
   4212   1.1  christos 		      "procedures\n\t%4d labels\n",
   4213   1.1  christos 		      n_undef_vars, n_undef_procs, n_undef_labels);
   4214   1.1  christos 	  n_undef_symbols = n_undef_labels = n_undef_vars = n_undef_procs = 0;
   4215   1.3  christos 
   4216   1.1  christos 	}
   4217   1.1  christos       pop_parse_stack ();
   4218   1.1  christos 
   4219   1.1  christos       sort_blocks (cust->primary_filetab ());
   4220   1.1  christos     }
   4221   1.1  christos 
   4222   1.1  christos   /* Now link the psymtab and the symtab.  */
   4223   1.1  christos   pst->compunit_symtab = cust;
   4224   1.1  christos 
   4225   1.1  christos   mdebugread_objfile = NULL;
   4226   1.1  christos }
   4227   1.1  christos 
   4228   1.1  christos /* Ancillary parsing procedures.  */
   4230   1.1  christos 
   4231   1.1  christos /* Return 1 if the symbol pointed to by SH has a cross reference
   4232   1.1  christos    to an opaque aggregate type, else 0.  */
   4233   1.1  christos 
   4234   1.1  christos static int
   4235   1.1  christos has_opaque_xref (FDR *fh, SYMR *sh)
   4236   1.1  christos {
   4237   1.1  christos   TIR tir;
   4238   1.1  christos   union aux_ext *ax;
   4239   1.1  christos   RNDXR rn[1];
   4240   1.1  christos   unsigned int rf;
   4241   1.1  christos 
   4242   1.1  christos   if (sh->index == indexNil)
   4243   1.1  christos     return 0;
   4244   1.1  christos 
   4245   1.1  christos   ax = debug_info->external_aux + fh->iauxBase + sh->index;
   4246   1.1  christos   (*debug_swap->swap_tir_in) (fh->fBigendian, &ax->a_ti, &tir);
   4247   1.1  christos   if (tir.bt != btStruct && tir.bt != btUnion && tir.bt != btEnum)
   4248   1.1  christos     return 0;
   4249   1.1  christos 
   4250   1.1  christos   ax++;
   4251   1.1  christos   (*debug_swap->swap_rndx_in) (fh->fBigendian, &ax->a_rndx, rn);
   4252   1.1  christos   if (rn->rfd == 0xfff)
   4253   1.1  christos     rf = AUX_GET_ISYM (fh->fBigendian, ax + 1);
   4254   1.1  christos   else
   4255   1.1  christos     rf = rn->rfd;
   4256   1.1  christos   if (rf != -1)
   4257   1.1  christos     return 0;
   4258   1.1  christos   return 1;
   4259   1.1  christos }
   4260   1.1  christos 
   4261   1.7  christos /* Lookup the type at relative index RN.  Return it in TPP
   4262   1.1  christos    if found and in any event come up with its name PNAME.
   4263   1.1  christos    BIGEND says whether aux symbols are big-endian or not (from fh->fBigendian).
   4264   1.1  christos    Return value says how many aux symbols we ate.  */
   4265   1.1  christos 
   4266   1.1  christos static int
   4267   1.1  christos cross_ref (int fd, union aux_ext *ax, struct type **tpp,
   4268   1.1  christos 	   enum type_code type_code,
   4269   1.1  christos 	   /* Use to alloc new type if none is found.  */
   4270   1.1  christos 	   const char **pname, int bigend, const char *sym_name)
   4271   1.1  christos {
   4272   1.6  christos   RNDXR rn[1];
   4273   1.1  christos   unsigned int rf;
   4274   1.1  christos   int result = 1;
   4275   1.1  christos   FDR *fh;
   4276   1.1  christos   char *esh;
   4277   1.1  christos   SYMR sh;
   4278   1.1  christos   int xref_fd;
   4279   1.1  christos   struct mdebug_pending *pend;
   4280   1.1  christos 
   4281   1.1  christos   *tpp = NULL;
   4282   1.1  christos 
   4283   1.1  christos   (*debug_swap->swap_rndx_in) (bigend, &ax->a_rndx, rn);
   4284   1.1  christos 
   4285   1.1  christos   /* Escape index means 'the next one'.  */
   4286   1.1  christos   if (rn->rfd == 0xfff)
   4287   1.1  christos     {
   4288   1.7  christos       result++;
   4289   1.1  christos       rf = AUX_GET_ISYM (bigend, ax + 1);
   4290   1.1  christos     }
   4291   1.1  christos   else
   4292   1.1  christos     {
   4293   1.7  christos       rf = rn->rfd;
   4294  1.10  christos     }
   4295   1.1  christos 
   4296   1.1  christos   /* mips cc uses a rf of -1 for opaque struct definitions.
   4297   1.1  christos      Set TYPE_STUB for these types so that check_typedef will
   4298   1.1  christos      resolve them if the struct gets defined in another compilation unit.  */
   4299   1.1  christos   if (rf == -1)
   4300   1.1  christos     {
   4301   1.1  christos       *pname = "<undefined>";
   4302   1.1  christos       *tpp = init_type (mdebugread_objfile, type_code, 0, NULL);
   4303   1.1  christos       (*tpp)->set_is_stub (true);
   4304   1.1  christos       return result;
   4305   1.1  christos     }
   4306   1.1  christos 
   4307   1.1  christos   /* mips cc uses an escaped rn->index of 0 for struct return types
   4308   1.1  christos      of procedures that were compiled without -g.  These will always remain
   4309   1.1  christos      undefined.  */
   4310   1.1  christos   if (rn->rfd == 0xfff && rn->index == 0)
   4311   1.1  christos     {
   4312   1.1  christos       *pname = "<undefined>";
   4313   1.1  christos       return result;
   4314   1.1  christos     }
   4315   1.1  christos 
   4316   1.1  christos   /* Find the relative file descriptor and the symbol in it.  */
   4317   1.1  christos   fh = get_rfd (fd, rf);
   4318   1.1  christos   xref_fd = fh - debug_info->fdr;
   4319   1.1  christos 
   4320   1.1  christos   if (rn->index >= fh->csym)
   4321   1.1  christos     {
   4322   1.1  christos       /* File indirect entry is corrupt.  */
   4323   1.1  christos       *pname = "<illegal>";
   4324   1.1  christos       bad_rfd_entry_complaint (sym_name, xref_fd, rn->index);
   4325   1.1  christos       return result;
   4326   1.1  christos     }
   4327   1.1  christos 
   4328   1.1  christos   /* If we have processed this symbol then we left a forwarding
   4329   1.1  christos      pointer to the type in the pending list.  If not, we`ll put
   4330   1.1  christos      it in a list of pending types, to be processed later when
   4331   1.1  christos      the file will be.  In any event, we collect the name for the
   4332   1.1  christos      type here.  */
   4333   1.1  christos 
   4334   1.1  christos   esh = ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
   4335   1.1  christos 	 + ((fh->isymBase + rn->index)
   4336   1.1  christos 	    * debug_swap->external_sym_size));
   4337   1.1  christos   (*debug_swap->swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, esh, &sh);
   4338   1.1  christos 
   4339   1.1  christos   /* Make sure that this type of cross reference can be handled.  */
   4340   1.1  christos   if ((sh.sc != scInfo
   4341   1.1  christos        || (sh.st != stBlock && sh.st != stTypedef && sh.st != stIndirect
   4342   1.1  christos 	   && sh.st != stStruct && sh.st != stUnion
   4343   1.1  christos 	   && sh.st != stEnum))
   4344   1.1  christos       && (sh.st != stBlock || !SC_IS_COMMON (sh.sc)))
   4345   1.1  christos     {
   4346   1.1  christos       /* File indirect entry is corrupt.  */
   4347   1.1  christos       *pname = "<illegal>";
   4348   1.1  christos       bad_rfd_entry_complaint (sym_name, xref_fd, rn->index);
   4349   1.1  christos       return result;
   4350   1.1  christos     }
   4351   1.1  christos 
   4352   1.1  christos   *pname = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
   4353   1.1  christos 
   4354   1.1  christos   pend = is_pending_symbol (fh, esh);
   4355   1.1  christos   if (pend)
   4356   1.1  christos     *tpp = pend->t;
   4357   1.1  christos   else
   4358   1.1  christos     {
   4359   1.1  christos       /* We have not yet seen this type.  */
   4360   1.1  christos 
   4361   1.1  christos       if ((sh.iss == 0 && sh.st == stTypedef) || sh.st == stIndirect)
   4362   1.1  christos 	{
   4363   1.1  christos 	  TIR tir;
   4364   1.1  christos 
   4365   1.1  christos 	  /* alpha cc puts out a stTypedef with a sh.iss of zero for
   4366   1.1  christos 	     two cases:
   4367   1.1  christos 	     a) forward declarations of structs/unions/enums which are not
   4368   1.1  christos 	     defined in this compilation unit.
   4369   1.1  christos 	     For these the type will be void.  This is a bad design decision
   4370   1.1  christos 	     as cross referencing across compilation units is impossible
   4371   1.1  christos 	     due to the missing name.
   4372   1.1  christos 	     b) forward declarations of structs/unions/enums/typedefs which
   4373   1.1  christos 	     are defined later in this file or in another file in the same
   4374   1.1  christos 	     compilation unit.  Irix5 cc uses a stIndirect symbol for this.
   4375   1.8  christos 	     Simply cross reference those again to get the true type.
   4376   1.1  christos 	     The forward references are not entered in the pending list and
   4377   1.1  christos 	     in the symbol table.  */
   4378   1.1  christos 
   4379   1.7  christos 	  (*debug_swap->swap_tir_in) (bigend,
   4380   1.1  christos 				      &(debug_info->external_aux
   4381   1.1  christos 					+ fh->iauxBase + sh.index)->a_ti,
   4382   1.1  christos 				      &tir);
   4383   1.1  christos 	  if (tir.tq0 != tqNil)
   4384   1.1  christos 	    complaint (_("illegal tq0 in forward typedef for %s"), sym_name);
   4385   1.1  christos 	  switch (tir.bt)
   4386   1.1  christos 	    {
   4387   1.1  christos 	    case btVoid:
   4388   1.1  christos 	      *tpp = init_type (mdebugread_objfile, type_code, 0, NULL);
   4389   1.1  christos 	      *pname = "<undefined>";
   4390   1.1  christos 	      break;
   4391   1.1  christos 
   4392   1.1  christos 	    case btStruct:
   4393   1.1  christos 	    case btUnion:
   4394   1.1  christos 	    case btEnum:
   4395  1.10  christos 	      cross_ref (xref_fd,
   4396  1.10  christos 			 (debug_info->external_aux
   4397  1.10  christos 			  + fh->iauxBase + sh.index + 1),
   4398  1.10  christos 			 tpp, type_code, pname,
   4399  1.10  christos 			 fh->fBigendian, sym_name);
   4400  1.10  christos 	      break;
   4401   1.1  christos 
   4402   1.1  christos 	    case btTypedef:
   4403   1.1  christos 	      /* Follow a forward typedef.  This might recursively
   4404   1.9  christos 		 call cross_ref till we get a non typedef'ed type.
   4405   1.1  christos 		 FIXME: This is not correct behaviour, but gdb currently
   4406   1.1  christos 		 cannot handle typedefs without type copying.  Type
   4407   1.1  christos 		 copying is impossible as we might have mutual forward
   4408   1.1  christos 		 references between two files and the copied type would not
   4409   1.1  christos 		 get filled in when we later parse its definition.  */
   4410   1.1  christos 	      *tpp = parse_type (xref_fd,
   4411   1.8  christos 				 debug_info->external_aux + fh->iauxBase,
   4412   1.1  christos 				 sh.index,
   4413   1.7  christos 				 NULL,
   4414   1.1  christos 				 fh->fBigendian,
   4415   1.1  christos 				 debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss);
   4416   1.1  christos 	      add_pending (fh, esh, *tpp);
   4417   1.1  christos 	      break;
   4418   1.1  christos 
   4419   1.1  christos 	    default:
   4420   1.1  christos 	      complaint (_("illegal bt %d in forward typedef for %s"), tir.bt,
   4421   1.1  christos 			 sym_name);
   4422   1.1  christos 	      *tpp = init_type (mdebugread_objfile, type_code, 0, NULL);
   4423   1.1  christos 	      break;
   4424   1.1  christos 	    }
   4425   1.1  christos 	  return result;
   4426   1.1  christos 	}
   4427   1.1  christos       else if (sh.st == stTypedef)
   4428   1.1  christos 	{
   4429   1.1  christos 	  /* Parse the type for a normal typedef.  This might recursively call
   4430   1.9  christos 	     cross_ref till we get a non typedef'ed type.
   4431   1.1  christos 	     FIXME: This is not correct behaviour, but gdb currently
   4432   1.1  christos 	     cannot handle typedefs without type copying.  But type copying is
   4433   1.1  christos 	     impossible as we might have mutual forward references between
   4434   1.1  christos 	     two files and the copied type would not get filled in when
   4435   1.1  christos 	     we later parse its definition.   */
   4436   1.1  christos 	  *tpp = parse_type (xref_fd,
   4437   1.1  christos 			     debug_info->external_aux + fh->iauxBase,
   4438   1.1  christos 			     sh.index,
   4439   1.1  christos 			     NULL,
   4440   1.1  christos 			     fh->fBigendian,
   4441   1.7  christos 			     debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss);
   4442   1.1  christos 	}
   4443   1.1  christos       else
   4444   1.1  christos 	{
   4445   1.1  christos 	  /* Cross reference to a struct/union/enum which is defined
   4446   1.1  christos 	     in another file in the same compilation unit but that file
   4447   1.1  christos 	     has not been parsed yet.
   4448   1.1  christos 	     Initialize the type only, it will be filled in when
   4449   1.1  christos 	     it's definition is parsed.  */
   4450   1.1  christos 	  *tpp = init_type (mdebugread_objfile, type_code, 0, NULL);
   4451   1.1  christos 	}
   4452   1.1  christos       add_pending (fh, esh, *tpp);
   4453   1.1  christos     }
   4454   1.1  christos 
   4455   1.7  christos   /* We used one auxent normally, two if we got a "next one" rf.  */
   4456   1.5  christos   return result;
   4457   1.1  christos }
   4458   1.1  christos 
   4459   1.1  christos 
   4460   1.1  christos /* Quick&dirty lookup procedure, to avoid the MI ones that require
   4461   1.1  christos    keeping the symtab sorted.  */
   4462   1.1  christos 
   4463   1.1  christos static struct symbol *
   4464   1.1  christos mylookup_symbol (const char *name, const struct block *block,
   4465   1.9  christos 		 domain_enum domain, enum address_class theclass)
   4466  1.10  christos {
   4467  1.10  christos   struct block_iterator iter;
   4468   1.9  christos   int inc;
   4469   1.1  christos   struct symbol *sym;
   4470   1.1  christos 
   4471   1.1  christos   inc = name[0];
   4472  1.10  christos   ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (block, iter, sym)
   4473   1.1  christos     {
   4474   1.5  christos       if (sym->linkage_name ()[0] == inc
   4475   1.1  christos 	  && sym->domain () == domain
   4476   1.1  christos 	  && sym->aclass () == theclass
   4477   1.1  christos 	  && strcmp (sym->linkage_name (), name) == 0)
   4478   1.1  christos 	return sym;
   4479   1.1  christos     }
   4480   1.1  christos 
   4481   1.1  christos   block = block->superblock ();
   4482   1.1  christos   if (block)
   4483   1.1  christos     return mylookup_symbol (name, block, domain, theclass);
   4484  1.10  christos   return 0;
   4485  1.10  christos }
   4486   1.1  christos 
   4487   1.1  christos 
   4488   1.1  christos /* Add a new symbol S to a block B.  */
   4489   1.1  christos 
   4490   1.1  christos static void
   4491   1.1  christos add_symbol (struct symbol *s, struct symtab *symtab, struct block *b)
   4492   1.1  christos {
   4493   1.3  christos   s->set_symtab (symtab);
   4494   1.3  christos   mdict_add_symbol (b->multidict (), s);
   4495  1.10  christos }
   4496  1.10  christos 
   4497   1.1  christos /* Add a new block B to a symtab S.  */
   4498   1.1  christos 
   4499   1.1  christos static void
   4500  1.10  christos add_block (struct block *b, struct symtab *s)
   4501  1.10  christos {
   4502  1.10  christos   /* Cast away "const", but that's ok because we're building the
   4503  1.10  christos      symtab and blockvector here.  */
   4504   1.1  christos   struct blockvector *bv
   4505  1.10  christos     = (struct blockvector *) s->compunit ()->blockvector ();
   4506  1.10  christos 
   4507   1.1  christos   bv = (struct blockvector *) xrealloc ((void *) bv,
   4508   1.1  christos 					(sizeof (struct blockvector)
   4509   1.1  christos 					 + bv->num_blocks ()
   4510   1.1  christos 					 * sizeof (struct block)));
   4511   1.1  christos   if (bv != s->compunit ()->blockvector ())
   4512   1.1  christos     s->compunit ()->set_blockvector (bv);
   4513   1.1  christos 
   4514   1.1  christos   bv->set_block (bv->num_blocks (), b);
   4515   1.1  christos   bv->set_num_blocks (bv->num_blocks () + 1);
   4516   1.1  christos }
   4517   1.1  christos 
   4518   1.1  christos /* Add a new linenumber entry (LINENO,ADR) to a linevector LT.
   4519   1.1  christos    MIPS' linenumber encoding might need more than one byte
   4520   1.1  christos    to describe it, LAST is used to detect these continuation lines.
   4521   1.1  christos 
   4522   1.1  christos    Combining lines with the same line number seems like a bad idea.
   4523   1.1  christos    E.g: There could be a line number entry with the same line number after the
   4524   1.1  christos    prologue and GDB should not ignore it (this is a better way to find
   4525   1.1  christos    a prologue than mips_skip_prologue).
   4526   1.1  christos    But due to the compressed line table format there are line number entries
   4527   1.1  christos    for the same line which are needed to bridge the gap to the next
   4528   1.1  christos    line number entry.  These entries have a bogus address info with them
   4529   1.1  christos    and we are unable to tell them from intended duplicate line number
   4530   1.1  christos    entries.
   4531   1.1  christos    This is another reason why -ggdb debugging format is preferable.  */
   4532   1.1  christos 
   4533   1.1  christos static int
   4534   1.1  christos add_line (struct linetable *lt, int lineno, CORE_ADDR adr, int last)
   4535   1.1  christos {
   4536   1.1  christos   /* DEC c89 sometimes produces zero linenos which confuse gdb.
   4537   1.1  christos      Change them to something sensible.  */
   4538   1.1  christos   if (lineno == 0)
   4539   1.1  christos     lineno = 1;
   4540   1.1  christos   if (last == 0)
   4541   1.1  christos     last = -2;			/* Make sure we record first line.  */
   4542   1.1  christos 
   4543   1.1  christos   if (last == lineno)		/* Skip continuation lines.  */
   4544   1.1  christos     return lineno;
   4545   1.1  christos 
   4546   1.9  christos   lt->item[lt->nitems].line = lineno;
   4547   1.9  christos   lt->item[lt->nitems++].pc = adr << 2;
   4548   1.1  christos   return lineno;
   4549  1.10  christos }
   4550  1.10  christos 
   4551   1.9  christos /* Sorting and reordering procedures.  */
   4553   1.9  christos 
   4554   1.9  christos /* Blocks with a smaller low bound should come first.  */
   4555  1.10  christos 
   4556   1.1  christos static bool
   4557   1.1  christos block_is_less_than (const struct block *b1, const struct block *b2)
   4558   1.1  christos {
   4559   1.1  christos   CORE_ADDR start1 = b1->start ();
   4560   1.1  christos   CORE_ADDR start2 = b2->start ();
   4561   1.1  christos 
   4562   1.1  christos   if (start1 != start2)
   4563   1.1  christos     return start1 < start2;
   4564   1.1  christos 
   4565   1.3  christos   return (b2->end ()) < (b1->end ());
   4566   1.3  christos }
   4567  1.10  christos 
   4568  1.10  christos /* Sort the blocks of a symtab S.
   4569   1.1  christos    Reorder the blocks in the blockvector by code-address,
   4570  1.10  christos    as required by some MI search routines.  */
   4571   1.1  christos 
   4572   1.1  christos static void
   4573  1.10  christos sort_blocks (struct symtab *s)
   4574  1.10  christos {
   4575  1.10  christos   /* We have to cast away const here, but this is ok because we're
   4576  1.10  christos      constructing the blockvector in this code.  */
   4577   1.1  christos   struct blockvector *bv
   4578   1.1  christos     = (struct blockvector *) s->compunit ()->blockvector ();
   4579   1.1  christos 
   4580   1.1  christos   if (bv->num_blocks () <= FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK)
   4581   1.1  christos     {
   4582   1.1  christos       /* Cosmetic */
   4583   1.1  christos       if (bv->global_block ()->end () == 0)
   4584   1.1  christos 	bv->global_block ()->set_start (0);
   4585  1.10  christos       if (bv->static_block ()->end () == 0)
   4586  1.10  christos 	bv->static_block ()->set_start (0);
   4587  1.10  christos       return;
   4588  1.10  christos     }
   4589  1.10  christos   /*
   4590  1.10  christos    * This is very unfortunate: normally all functions are compiled in
   4591  1.10  christos    * the order they are found, but if the file is compiled -O3 things
   4592   1.1  christos    * are very different.  It would be nice to find a reliable test
   4593   1.1  christos    * to detect -O3 images in advance.
   4594   1.1  christos    */
   4595  1.10  christos   if (bv->num_blocks () > FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK + 1)
   4596   1.1  christos     {
   4597   1.1  christos       gdb::array_view<block *> blocks_view = bv->blocks ();
   4598  1.10  christos 
   4599  1.10  christos       std::sort (blocks_view.begin () + FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK,
   4600  1.10  christos 		 blocks_view.end (), block_is_less_than);
   4601   1.1  christos     }
   4602   1.1  christos 
   4603  1.10  christos   {
   4604  1.10  christos     CORE_ADDR high = 0;
   4605  1.10  christos     int i, j = bv->num_blocks ();
   4606   1.1  christos 
   4607   1.1  christos     for (i = FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK; i < j; i++)
   4608   1.1  christos       if (high < bv->block (i)->end ())
   4609   1.1  christos 	high = bv->block (i)->end ();
   4610   1.1  christos     bv->global_block ()->set_end (high);
   4611   1.1  christos   }
   4612   1.1  christos 
   4613   1.1  christos   bv->global_block ()->set_start (bv->block (FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK)->start ());
   4614   1.3  christos   bv->static_block ()->set_start (bv->global_block ()->start ());
   4615   1.1  christos   bv->static_block ()->set_end (bv->global_block ()->end ());
   4616   1.1  christos }
   4617   1.3  christos 
   4618   1.3  christos 
   4620   1.8  christos /* Constructor/restructor/destructor procedures.  */
   4621   1.3  christos 
   4622   1.3  christos /* Allocate a new symtab for NAME.  Needs an estimate of how many
   4623   1.3  christos    linenumbers MAXLINES we'll put in it.  */
   4624   1.1  christos 
   4625  1.10  christos static struct compunit_symtab *
   4626  1.10  christos new_symtab (const char *name, int maxlines, struct objfile *objfile)
   4627   1.1  christos {
   4628   1.1  christos   struct compunit_symtab *cust = allocate_compunit_symtab (objfile, name);
   4629   1.3  christos   struct symtab *symtab;
   4630  1.10  christos   struct blockvector *bv;
   4631  1.10  christos   enum language lang;
   4632  1.10  christos 
   4633  1.10  christos   add_compunit_symtab_to_objfile (cust);
   4634   1.1  christos   symtab = allocate_symtab (cust, name);
   4635  1.10  christos 
   4636   1.3  christos   symtab->set_linetable (new_linetable (maxlines));
   4637   1.1  christos   lang = cust->language ();
   4638   1.1  christos 
   4639   1.1  christos   /* All symtabs must have at least two blocks.  */
   4640   1.1  christos   bv = new_bvect (2);
   4641   1.9  christos   bv->set_block (GLOBAL_BLOCK, new_block (NON_FUNCTION_BLOCK, lang));
   4642  1.10  christos   bv->set_block (STATIC_BLOCK, new_block (NON_FUNCTION_BLOCK, lang));
   4643  1.10  christos   bv->static_block ()->set_superblock (bv->global_block ());
   4644   1.1  christos   cust->set_blockvector (bv);
   4645   1.9  christos 
   4646   1.1  christos   cust->set_debugformat ("ECOFF");
   4647  1.10  christos   return cust;
   4648   1.1  christos }
   4649   1.1  christos 
   4650   1.1  christos /* Allocate a new partial_symtab NAME.  */
   4651   1.8  christos 
   4652  1.10  christos static legacy_psymtab *
   4653   1.1  christos new_psymtab (const char *name, psymtab_storage *partial_symtabs,
   4654   1.1  christos 	     struct objfile *objfile)
   4655   1.1  christos {
   4656   1.1  christos   legacy_psymtab *psymtab;
   4657   1.1  christos 
   4658   1.1  christos   psymtab = new legacy_psymtab (name, partial_symtabs, objfile->per_bfd);
   4659   1.9  christos 
   4660   1.9  christos   /* Keep a backpointer to the file's symbols.  */
   4661   1.1  christos 
   4662   1.1  christos   psymtab->read_symtab_private
   4663   1.1  christos     = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (&objfile->objfile_obstack, md_symloc);
   4664   1.1  christos   CUR_BFD (psymtab) = cur_bfd;
   4665   1.1  christos   DEBUG_SWAP (psymtab) = debug_swap;
   4666   1.1  christos   DEBUG_INFO (psymtab) = debug_info;
   4667   1.1  christos   PENDING_LIST (psymtab) = pending_list;
   4668   1.1  christos 
   4669   1.1  christos   /* The way to turn this into a symtab is to call...  */
   4670   1.1  christos   psymtab->legacy_read_symtab = mdebug_read_symtab;
   4671   1.1  christos   psymtab->legacy_expand_psymtab = mdebug_expand_psymtab;
   4672   1.1  christos   return (psymtab);
   4673   1.1  christos }
   4674   1.1  christos 
   4675   1.1  christos 
   4676   1.1  christos /* Allocate a linetable array of the given SIZE.  Since the struct
   4677   1.1  christos    already includes one item, we subtract one when calculating the
   4678   1.1  christos    proper size to allocate.  */
   4679   1.1  christos 
   4680   1.1  christos static struct linetable *
   4681   1.1  christos new_linetable (int size)
   4682   1.1  christos {
   4683   1.1  christos   struct linetable *l;
   4684   1.1  christos 
   4685   1.1  christos   if (size > 1)
   4686   1.1  christos     --size;
   4687   1.1  christos   size = size * sizeof (l->item) + sizeof (struct linetable);
   4688   1.1  christos   l = (struct linetable *) xmalloc (size);
   4689   1.1  christos   l->nitems = 0;
   4690   1.1  christos   return l;
   4691   1.1  christos }
   4692   1.1  christos 
   4693   1.1  christos /* Oops, too big.  Shrink it.  This was important with the 2.4 linetables,
   4694   1.1  christos    I am not so sure about the 3.4 ones.
   4695   1.1  christos 
   4696   1.1  christos    Since the struct linetable already includes one item, we subtract one when
   4697   1.1  christos    calculating the proper size to allocate.  */
   4698   1.1  christos 
   4699   1.1  christos static struct linetable *
   4700   1.1  christos shrink_linetable (struct linetable *lt)
   4701   1.1  christos {
   4702   1.1  christos   return (struct linetable *) xrealloc ((void *) lt,
   4703   1.1  christos 					(sizeof (struct linetable)
   4704   1.1  christos 					 + ((lt->nitems - 1)
   4705   1.1  christos 					    * sizeof (lt->item))));
   4706   1.1  christos }
   4707  1.10  christos 
   4708   1.1  christos /* Allocate and zero a new blockvector of NBLOCKS blocks.  */
   4709   1.1  christos 
   4710   1.1  christos static struct blockvector *
   4711   1.1  christos new_bvect (int nblocks)
   4712   1.8  christos {
   4713   1.8  christos   struct blockvector *bv;
   4714   1.8  christos   int size;
   4715   1.8  christos 
   4716   1.1  christos   size = sizeof (struct blockvector) + nblocks * sizeof (struct block *);
   4717   1.1  christos   bv = (struct blockvector *) xzalloc (size);
   4718   1.8  christos   bv->set_num_blocks (nblocks);
   4719   1.1  christos 
   4720   1.1  christos   return bv;
   4721   1.1  christos }
   4722   1.1  christos 
   4723   1.6  christos /* Allocate and zero a new block of language LANGUAGE, and set its
   4724   1.1  christos    BLOCK_MULTIDICT.  If function is non-zero, assume the block is
   4725   1.1  christos    associated to a function, and make sure that the symbols are stored
   4726  1.10  christos    linearly; otherwise, store them hashed.  */
   4727   1.1  christos 
   4728  1.10  christos static struct block *
   4729   1.1  christos new_block (enum block_type type, enum language language)
   4730   1.1  christos {
   4731   1.1  christos   /* FIXME: carlton/2003-09-11: This should use allocate_block to
   4732   1.1  christos      allocate the block.  Which, in turn, suggests that the block
   4733   1.1  christos      should be allocated on an obstack.  */
   4734   1.1  christos   struct block *retval = XCNEW (struct block);
   4735   1.1  christos 
   4736   1.7  christos   if (type == FUNCTION_BLOCK)
   4737   1.1  christos     retval->set_multidict (mdict_create_linear_expandable (language));
   4738   1.9  christos   else
   4739   1.1  christos     retval->set_multidict (mdict_create_hashed_expandable (language));
   4740   1.9  christos 
   4741   1.9  christos   return retval;
   4742   1.1  christos }
   4743   1.1  christos 
   4744   1.1  christos /* Create a new symbol with printname NAME.  */
   4745   1.1  christos 
   4746   1.1  christos static struct symbol *
   4747   1.1  christos new_symbol (const char *name)
   4748   1.1  christos {
   4749   1.1  christos   struct symbol *s = new (&mdebugread_objfile->objfile_obstack) symbol;
   4750   1.1  christos 
   4751   1.1  christos   s->set_language (psymtab_language, &mdebugread_objfile->objfile_obstack);
   4752   1.1  christos   s->compute_and_set_names (name, true, mdebugread_objfile->per_bfd);
   4753   1.9  christos   return s;
   4754   1.1  christos }
   4755   1.1  christos 
   4756   1.1  christos /* Create a new type with printname NAME.  */
   4757   1.1  christos 
   4758   1.1  christos static struct type *
   4759   1.1  christos new_type (char *name)
   4760   1.1  christos {
   4761   1.1  christos   struct type *t;
   4762   1.1  christos 
   4763   1.1  christos   t = alloc_type (mdebugread_objfile);
   4764   1.1  christos   t->set_name (name);
   4765   1.1  christos   INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (t);
   4766   1.1  christos   return t;
   4767  1.10  christos }
   4768   1.1  christos 
   4769   1.1  christos /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a BFD section.  This is
   4771   1.1  christos    called from elfread.c.  It parses the section into a
   4772   1.1  christos    ecoff_debug_info struct, and then lets the rest of the file handle
   4773   1.1  christos    it as normal.  */
   4774   1.7  christos 
   4775   1.1  christos void
   4776   1.8  christos elfmdebug_build_psymtabs (struct objfile *objfile,
   4777   1.1  christos 			  const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap, asection *sec)
   4778   1.1  christos {
   4779   1.1  christos   bfd *abfd = objfile->obfd.get ();
   4780   1.1  christos   struct ecoff_debug_info *info;
   4781   1.1  christos 
   4782   1.7  christos   /* FIXME: It's not clear whether we should be getting minimal symbol
   4783   1.1  christos      information from .mdebug in an ELF file, or whether we will.
   4784   1.7  christos      Re-initialize the minimal symbol reader in case we do.  */
   4785   1.1  christos 
   4786   1.1  christos   minimal_symbol_reader reader (objfile);
   4787   1.9  christos 
   4788   1.1  christos   info = XOBNEW (&objfile->objfile_obstack, ecoff_debug_info);
   4789   1.9  christos 
   4790   1.1  christos   if (!(*swap->read_debug_info) (abfd, sec, info))
   4791   1.1  christos     error (_("Error reading ECOFF debugging information: %s"),
   4792   1.1  christos 	   bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
   4793   1.1  christos 
   4794   1.1  christos   mdebug_build_psymtabs (reader, objfile, swap, info);
   4795   1.1  christos 
   4796                   reader.install ();
   4797                 }
   4798                 
   4799                 void _initialize_mdebugread ();
   4800                 void
   4801                 _initialize_mdebugread ()
   4802                 {
   4803                   mdebug_register_index
   4804                     = register_symbol_register_impl (LOC_REGISTER, &mdebug_register_funcs);
   4805                   mdebug_regparm_index
   4806                     = register_symbol_register_impl (LOC_REGPARM_ADDR, &mdebug_register_funcs);
   4807                 }
   4808